summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib13392
1 files changed, 13392 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4631c729c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,13392 @@
+This is BTXDOC.BIB in text format, as of Mar 31, 1986.
+Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved.
+
+You can put a comment in a database file as long as it's not within an
+entry. If you really want to put a comment inside an entry, simply
+make up a never-to-be-used field.
+
+@string{AW="Addison-Wesley"}
+@String{TUGboat = "TUGboat"}
+@String{j-GUTENBERG = "Cahiers GUTenberg"}
+@String{pub-PEACHPIT = "Peachpit Press, Inc."}
+@String{pub-PEACHPIT+adr= "1085 Keith Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94708, USA"}
+@String{pub-SV = "Springer Verlag"}
+
+@String{pub-SV+adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/
+ London, UK~/ etc."}
+@String{j-COMP-PHYS-COMM = "Computer Physics Communications"}
+
+@COMMENT{You may put a comment in a `comment' command,
+ the way you would with SCRIBE.}
+
+@COMMENT{ "\newcommand{\noopsort}[1]{} "
+ # "\newcommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1} " }
+@PREAMBLE{ "\def\PiCTeX{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC\kern-.11em\TeX} " }
+
+@BOOK{latex-manual-old,
+ AUTHOR = {Leslie Michel Lamport},
+ TITLE = {The {\LaTeX} Document Preparation System},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ EDITION="premi{\`e}re",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR = {1986}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{latex-manual,
+ AUTHOR = {Leslie Michel Lamport},
+ TITLE = {{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ ISBN="0-201-52983-1",
+ LCCN="Z253.4.L38L35 1994",
+ PAGES="xvi + 272",
+ YEAR = {1994}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{math-type,
+ AUTHOR = {Ellen E. Swanson},
+ TITLE = {{M}athematics into {T}ype},
+ YEAR = {1986},
+ PUBLISHER = {American Mathematical Society},
+ ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940"
+ }
+
+@MISC{amsmath1999,
+ TITLE="{U}ser's {G}uide for the amsmath {P}ackage",
+ PUBLISHER = {American Mathematical Society},
+ ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+
+@MISC {prime-number-theorem,
+ AUTHOR = "de la Vall{\'e}e Poussin, Charles Louis Xavier Joseph",
+ NOTE = "Une forme forte du th{\'e}or{\`e}me des nombres premiers, 19i{\`e}me si{\`e}cle"
+ }
+
+@MANUAL {unix,
+ TITLE = "{UNIX}, {\sc Unix} de base au {CERT}",
+ PUBLISHER = "CERT-ONERA",
+ ORGANIZATION = "CERT-ONERA/GPI",
+ AUTHOR = "Drucbert, Jean-Pierre and Vignat, Jean-Claude",
+ YEAR = "1994",
+ NOTE = "Une introduction au syst{\`e}me {\sc Unix}"
+ }
+
+@MANUAL {latex-memo,
+ TITLE="M{\'e}mento {\LaTeX}",
+ AUTHOR = "Jean-Pierre Drucbert and Robert Houdeville",
+ PUBLISHER = "ONERA-Centre de Toulouse",
+ ORGANIZATION = "ONERA-Centre de Toulouse/SRI",
+ NOTE="Une br\`eve introduction \`a {\LaTeX}",
+ YEAR = "{\number\year}"
+ }
+
+@Manual {scribe,
+ TITLE="Scribe Document Production System User Manual",
+ ORGANIZATION = {Unilogic, Ltd.},
+ ADDRESS = "Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania",
+ MONTH =apr,
+ YEAR=1984,
+ note = {Le chapitre 12 et les appendices E8--E10 traitent des bibliographies},
+ key = "Scribe"
+}
+
+@BOOK {strunk-and-white,
+ AUTHOR = "Strunk, Jr., William and E. B. White",
+ TITLE= "The Elements of Style",
+ PUBLISHER = "Macmillan Publishing Company",
+ EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR = 1979,
+ ISBN = "0-02-418190-0",
+ ADDRESS = "New York"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {texbook,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "The {\TeX{}book}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = "1989{\noopsort{a}}",
+ EDITION="seizi{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ VOLUME = "A",
+ SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting",
+NOTE="Revised to cover {\TeX}3, 1991"
+ }
+
+@MISC {plain.tex-3.14159,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ NOTE="Fichier source {{\tt plain.tex}}",
+ TITLE="{\PlainTeX}",
+ }
+
+@BOOK {vanleunen,
+ TITLE = "A Handbook for Scholars",
+ AUTHOR = "Leunen, Marie-Claire van",
+ PUBLISHER = {Alfred A. Knopf},
+ YEAR = 1979,
+ ADDRESS = "New York"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-design,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Program Design",
+ SERIES= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ AUTHOR= "Glenn C. Reid",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = 1988,
+ EDITION = "deuxi\`eme",
+ ISBN = "0-201-14396-8",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-tutorial,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} Language, Tutorial and Cookbook",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-10179-3",
+ YEAR= 1985
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-exemple,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} par l'{Exemple}",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER= "Inter\'Editions",
+ YEAR= 1987
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-intro,
+ TITLE= "Introduction {\`a} {PostScript}",
+ AUTHOR= "Holzgang, David A.",
+ PUBLISHER= "{SYBEX}",
+ YEAR= 1987,
+ ADDRESS = "6--8, Impasse du Cur{\'e}, 75018 Paris"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-compr,
+ TITLE= "Comprendre {PostScript}",
+ AUTHOR= "Holzgang, David A.",
+ PUBLISHER= "{SYBEX}",
+ YEAR= 1992,
+ ADDRESS = "6--8, Impasse du Cur{\'e}, 75018 Paris"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-service,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} {\`a} {V}otre {S}ervice",
+ AUTHOR= "Kertesz, Judith and Breteis, Pierre",
+ PUBLISHER= "B.I.P.",
+ SERIES= "{Edit2000}",
+ VOLUME="1",
+ YEAR= 1987
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-livre,
+ TITLE= "{Le} {Livre} de {PostScript}",
+ AUTHOR= "{\'E}minet, Bernard-Paul",
+ PUBLISHER="P.S.I. Micro-\'Edition",
+ ADDRESS="BP 86 - 77402 Lagny-s/Marne CEDEX - France",
+ YEAR= 1987
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-facile,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} facile",
+ AUTHOR= "Gille, Philippe",
+ PUBLISHER="Marabout",
+ ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique",
+ SERIES="{M}arabout {S}ervice, les best-sellers de l'informatique",
+ NUMBER="878",
+ YEAR= 1989
+ }
+
+@BOOK {careful,
+ TITLE= "The {C}areful {W}riter: A {M}odern {G}uide to {E}nglish
+ {U}sage",
+ AUTHOR= "Bernstein, Theodore M.",
+ PUBLISHER= "Atheneum",
+ ADDRESS= "New-York",
+ YEAR= 1965
+ }
+
+@MANUAL {chicago,
+ KEY="chicago",
+ TITLE= "The {C}hicago {M}anual of {S}tyle",
+ ORGANIZATION= "University of Chicago",
+ PUBLISHER= "University of Chicago Press",
+ EDITION="quatorzi{\`e}me",
+ ISBN="0-226-10389-7",
+ YEAR= "1969, 1982, 1993"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {wmaths,
+ TITLE="{H}ow to {W}rite {M}athematics",
+ AUTHOR="Steenrod, Norman E. and Halmos, Paul R. and Schiffer, Menahem M. and Dieudonn\'e, Jean A.",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ SERIES="American Mathematical Society",
+ ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940",
+ EDITION= "cinqui{\`e}me",
+ YEAR= 1995
+ }
+
+@MANUAL {words,
+ TITLE="{W}ords {I}nto {T}ype",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ORGANIZATION= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR= 1974
+ }
+
+@BOOK {edientr,
+ TITLE="{Le} {G}uide de l'{\'E}dition d'{E}ntreprise",
+ AUTHOR="Girard, Bernard",
+ PUBLISHER="AFNOR, PVC Diffusion",
+ ADDRESS= "BP 86 77402 Lagny Cedex",
+ YEAR= 1988
+ }
+
+@BOOK {texprog,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "{{\TeX}: The Program}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{b}}",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ VOLUME = "B",
+ SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {metabook,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "The {\MFT}book",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ISBN="0-201-13445-4 (hard), 0-201-13444-6 (soft)",
+ note="Avec les corrections finales de 1993",
+ YEAR = "1993{\noopsort{c}}",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ VOLUME = "C",
+ SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {metaprog,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "{\MFT: The Program}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ISBN="0-201-13438-1",
+ YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{d}}",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ VOLUME = "D",
+ SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting"
+ }
+@BOOK {cmt,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "{C}omputer {M}odern {T}ypefaces",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{e}}",
+ ISBN="0-201-13446-2",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ VOLUME = "E",
+ SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting"
+ }
+@MANUAL {typo,
+ TITLE = "{L}exique des {R}{\`e}gles {T}ypographiques en {U}sage {\`a} l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale",
+ PUBLISHER = "Imprimerie Nationale",
+ ORGANIZATION = "Imprimerie Nationale",
+ YEAR = 1993,
+ ISBN="2-11-081075-0",
+ EDITION = "troisi\`eme",
+ ADDRESS = "27, rue de la Convention 75732 PARIS CEDEX 15"
+ }
+
+@MANUAL{caract-nat,
+ TITLE="Les caract{\`e}res de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale",
+ PUBLISHER = "Imprimerie Nationale",
+ ORGANIZATION = "Imprimerie Nationale",
+ ADDRESS = "27, rue de la Convention 75732 PARIS CEDEX 15",
+ YEAR=1990
+ }
+
+@BOOK{pltex,
+ AUTHOR = {Raymond Seroul},
+ TITLE = {Le petit {L}ivre de {\TeX}},
+ MONTH= dec,
+ EDITION= {deuxi{\`e}me},
+ PUBLISHER = {Masson},
+ ISBN = "2-225-85376-2",
+ ADDRESS = "{Paris}",
+ YEAR = 1996
+ }
+
+@BOOK{bgtex,
+ AUTHOR = {Raymond Seroul and Silvio Levy},
+ TITLE = {A Beginner's Book of {\TeX}},
+ YEAR = {1992},
+ ISBN = "0-387-97562-4",
+ PUBLISHER = {{Springer Verlag}},
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{knuth-lp,
+AUTHOR={Donald~E. Knuth},
+TITLE={Literate programming},
+JOURNAL={The Computer Journal},
+VOLUME=27,
+NUMBER=2,
+PAGES="97--186",
+MONTH=may,
+YEAR={1984}
+}
+
+@PHDTHESIS{reid-phd,
+AUTHOR={Brian~K. Reid},
+TITLE={\em Scribe: A document specification language and its compiler},
+ADDRESS={Computer Science Department. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania},
+SCHOOL={Carnegie-Mellon University},
+MONTH=oct,
+YEAR={1980},
+NOTE={Disponible comme rapport technique CMU-CS-81-100}
+}
+
+@BOOK{ps-real,
+ EDITOR = {Stephen F. Roth},
+ TITLE = {Real {W}orld {P}ost{S}cript},
+ YEAR = {1988},
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-ref-manual,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Reference Manual",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = 1990,
+ MONTH= dec,
+ EDITION = "deuxi\`eme",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ps-ref-manual-f,
+ TITLE="{M}anuel de r{\'e}f{\'e}rence du langage {PostScript}",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-878908-009-6",
+ NOTE="Traduction de {\cite{ps-ref-manual}}",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+
+@BOOK {type1,
+ TITLE= "{A}dobe {T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ EDITION= "premi{\`e}re",
+ ISBN="0-201-57044-0",
+ MONTH= mar,
+ YEAR= 1990
+ }
+
+@BOOK {type1m,
+ TITLE= "{A}dobe {T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat: {M}ultiple {M}aster {E}xtensions",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ NOTE = "{A}dobe {D}eveloper {S}upport",
+ MONTH= feb,
+ YEAR= 1992
+ }
+
+@BOOK{weaving,
+ AUTHOR = {E. Waine Sewell},
+ TITLE = {Weaving a {P}rogram, {L}iterate {P}rogramming in {\tt WEB}},
+ YEAR = {1989},
+ ISBN = "0-442-31946-0",
+ PUBLISHER = "{V}an {N}ostrand {R}einhold",
+ ADDRESS = "New York"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{impatient,
+ AUTHOR = {Abrahams, Paul W. and Berry, Karl and Hargreaves, Kathryn A.},
+ TITLE = "{\TeX\ }for the {I}mpatient",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-51375-7",
+ YEAR = {1990}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{introtex,
+ AUTHOR = {Krieger, J. and Schwarz, Norbert},
+ TITLE = "{I}ntroduction to {\TeX}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN = "0-201-51141-X",
+ YEAR = {1990}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-disp,
+ AUTHOR = {Holzgang, David A.},
+ TITLE = "{P}rogramming the {D}isplay {P}ost{S}cript {S}ystem with {NeXTStep}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR = {1990}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-disp-x,
+ AUTHOR = {Holzgang, David A.},
+ TITLE = "{P}rogramming the {D}isplay {P}ost{S}cript {S}ystem with {X}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR = {1992}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-think,
+ AUTHOR = {Reid, Glenn C.},
+ TITLE = "{T}hinking in {P}ost{S}cript",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ NOTE="Ce livre est disponible sous forme de fichier
+ PDF {à} {\url{http://www.rightbrain.com}} (cliquer sur
+ {«~Books~»}",
+ ISBN = "0-201-52372-8",
+ YEAR = {1990}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-book,
+ AUTHOR ={Weltner, Tobias},
+ TITLE = "{L}e {G}rand {L}ivre de {P}ost{S}cript",
+ PUBLISHER = "Micro Application",
+ ADDRESS = "58, rue du Faubourg Poissonni\`ere, 75010 PARIS",
+ YEAR = {1991}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-tbe,
+ AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind},
+ TITLE = "{\TeX} by {E}xample, (a {B}eginner's {G}uide)",
+ PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress",
+ ADDRESS = "Boston",
+ ISBN = "0121176509",
+ YEAR = {1992}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-mtbe,
+ AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind},
+ TITLE = "{M}athematical {\TeX} by {E}xample",
+ PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress",
+ ADDRESS = "Boston",
+ ISBN = "0121176452",
+ YEAR = {1993}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-top,
+ AUTHOR={E{\ij}khout, Victor},
+ TITLE= "{\TeX} by {T}opic, {A} {\TeX}nician's {R}eference",
+ PUBLISHER= "{A}ddison-{W}esley ",
+ ADDRESS= "{W}okingham, {E}ngland",
+ YEAR= {1991},
+ ISBN= "0-201-56882-9"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{latex-eng,
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {E}ngineers and {S}cientists",
+ AUTHOR= "Buerger, David J.",
+ ISBN= "0-070-08845-4",
+ PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{sgml-pra,
+ TITLE="{P}ractical {\SGML}",
+ AUTHOR="Herw{\ij}nen, Eric van",
+ PUBLISHER="Kluwer Academic Publishers",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{macro-tex,
+ TITLE="{M}acro{\TeX}, {A} {\TeX} {M}acro {T}oolkit",
+ AUTHOR="Hendrickson, Amy",
+ PUBLISHER="{\TeX}nology Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Brookline, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR="1991"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{graps,
+ TITLE="{A} {P}ost{S}cript {C}ookbook",
+ AUTHOR="Barry and Thomas",
+ PUBLISHER="{V}an {N}ostrand {R}einhold",
+ YEAR="1988"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{encps,
+ TITLE="{E}ncapsulated {P}ost{S}cript",
+ AUTHOR="Peter Vollenweider",
+ PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@COMMENT{ltypo,
+ key= "IN1990",
+ TITLE="{L}exique des {R}\`egles {T}ypographiques en Usage \`a l'{I}mprimerie
+ {N}ationale",
+ EDITOR="{I}mprimerie {N}ationale",
+ EDITION="troisi\`eme",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{precis,
+ TITLE="{P}r\'ecis de {M}ise en {P}age",
+ AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}",
+ ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+ EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+ YEAR="1995"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{mep,
+ TITLE="Manuel de secr{\'e}tariat de r{\'e}daction. {D}e la copie {\`a} la maquette
+ de mise en page",
+ AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}",
+ ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+ EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+ YEAR="1995"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{orgdoc,
+ TITLE="Organiser sa documentation et savoir consulter d'autre sources",
+ AUTHOR="Christian Batifoulier and Marie-H{\'e}l{\`e}ne du Pasquier",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}",
+ ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{richaudeau1,
+ TITLE="Manuel de typographie et de mise en page",
+ AUTHOR="Fran{\c{c}}ois Richaudeau",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR="1989"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{richaudeau2,
+ TITLE="Recherches actuelles sur la lisibilit{\'e}",
+ AUTHOR="Fran{\c{c}}ois Richaudeau",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR="1984"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-fonts,
+ TITLE="The PostScript Font Handbook, A Directory of Type~1 Fonts",
+ AUTHOR="Grosvenor, Jonathan and Morrison, Key and Pim, Alexander",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison Wesley",
+ note="{\'e}dition revue",
+ ADDRESS="Wokingham, Berkshire RG11 2NZ, England",
+ ISNN = "0-201-56893-4",
+ YEAR="1992"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{text-pro,
+ TITLE="An {I}ntroduction to {T}ext {P}rocessing",
+ AUTHOR="Smith, Peter D.",
+ PUBLISHER="The {MIT} {P}ress",
+ ADDRESS="Cambridge, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ps-inside,
+ TITLE="{I}nside {P}ost{S}cript",
+ AUTHOR="Merritt and Braswell, Frank",
+ PUBLISHER="Systems of Merrit \& Peachpit Press",
+ ADDRESS="Berkeley, California",
+ YEAR="1989"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-beg,
+ TITLE="{\TeX} for the {B}eginner",
+ AUTHOR="Wynter Snow",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN = "0-201-54799-6",
+ YEAR="1992"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-plain,
+ TITLE="{A} {P}lain {\TeX} {P}rimer",
+ AUTHOR="Clark, Malcom",
+ PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+ ISBN="0-198-53724-7",
+ YEAR="1992"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tex-bech,
+ TITLE="{\TeX} in {P}ractice",
+ AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.",
+ PUBLISHER=pub-SV,
+ ADDRESS=pub-SV+adr,
+ NOTE="{\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Basics.
+ \item Paragraphs, Maths and Fonts.
+ \item Tokens, Macros.
+ \item Output Routines.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ (Une approche progressive des secrets de \TeX)}",
+ ISBN="3-540-97597-7",
+ YEAR="1992"}
+
+@BOOK{latex-tips,
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} {L}ine by {L}ine {T}ips and {T}echniques for {D}ocument
+ {P}rocessing",
+ AUTHOR="Antoni Diller",
+ PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons",
+ ISBN="0-471-97918-X",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR="1999"
+ }
+
+@InCollection{Winckler+1990+FIG,
+ author = "{J\"org} Winckler",
+ title = "{\TeX} fonts in image generation software",
+ crossref = "tex-appli",
+ year = "1990",
+ bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib",
+ acknowledgement = ack-spqr,
+}
+
+
+@BOOK{tex-appli,
+ TITLE="{\TeX} applications, uses, methods",
+ EDITOR="Clark, Malcom",
+ PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood Publishers",
+ ADDRESS="Chichester, England",
+ YEAR="1990"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{tech-edit,
+ TITLE="Lexique de l'{\'e}dition et des techniques {\'e}ditoriales",
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Berthelot",
+ PUBLISHER="Hachette",
+ YEAR="1992"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{aut-deb,
+ TITLE="Petit guide {\`a} l'usage des auteurs d{\'e}butants et de quelques autres",
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Berthelot",
+ PUBLISHER="Hachette",
+ YEAR="1991"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{abr+typo,
+ TITLE="Abr\'eg\'e du Code Typographique \`a l'usage de la presse",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes",
+ AUTHOR="{(CFPJ)}",
+ NOTE="Diffusion, distribution: {P}resses universitaires de {F}rance",
+ ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+ EDITION = "sixi{\`e}me",
+ ISBN="2-908056-26-7",
+ MONTH=jan,
+ YEAR="2000"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ahu,
+ TITLE="The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms",
+ AUTHOR="Alfred V. Aho and John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR="1974"
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{barsky,
+ TITLE="Determining a Set of B-spline Control Vertices to Generate an Interpolating Surface",
+ AUTHOR="Brian A. Barsky and Donald P. Greenberg",
+ JOURNAL="Computer Graphics and Image Processing",
+ MONTH=nov,
+ YEAR="1980",
+ PAGES="303--226",
+ VOLUME="14",
+ NUMBER="3"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{ross,
+ TITLE="The Art of Music Engraving and Processing",
+ AUTHOR="Ted Ross",
+ PUBLISHER="Hansen Books",
+ YEAR="1970"
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{wu-abel,
+ AUTHOR="Sheng-Chuan Wu and John F. Abel and Donald Greenberg",
+ TITLE="An Interactive Computer Graphics Approach to Surface Representation",
+ JOURNAL="Communications of the ACM",
+ VOLUME="20",
+ NUMBER="10",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR="1977",
+ PAGES="703--712"
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE {chemtex,
+ author = "Roswitha T. Haas and Kevin C. O'Kane",
+ title = "Typesetting Chemical Structure Formulas with the Text
+ Formatter {\TeX/\LaTeX}",
+journal = "Computers \& Chemistry",
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "251--271"
+ }
+
+@phdthesis
+ {Tables,
+ AUTHOR = {R. J. Beach},
+ TITLE={Setting Tables and Illustrations with Style},
+ SCHOOL = {University of Waterloo},
+ YEAR = {1985},
+}
+
+@inproceedings
+ {Karlsruhe,
+ AUTHOR = {Anne Br{\"u}ggeman-Klein and P. Dolland and A. Heinz},
+ TITLE = {How to please authors and publishers: a versatile document preparation system at
+ {K}arlsruhe},
+ BOOKTITLE = {{\TeX} for Scientific Documentation},
+ YEAR = {1986},
+ editor = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien},
+ volume = {LNCS 236},
+ address = {Strasbourg, France},
+ month = jun,
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+}
+
+@article
+ {desarmenien1984,
+ author = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien},
+ title="La division par ordinateur des mots fran{\c{c}}ais: application {\`a} {\TeX}",
+ journal="TSI",
+ publisher="AFCET, Gauthier-Villars",
+ volume=5,
+ number=4,
+ year=1984}
+
+@book
+ {abk,
+ AUTHOR = "Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein",
+ TITLE = "{E}inf{\"u}hrung in die {D}okumentverarbeitung",
+ PUBLISHER = "B.G. Teubner",
+ ADDRESS = "Stuttgart",
+ YEAR = 1989}
+
+@techreport
+ {TreeTeX,
+ AUTHOR = {Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein and Derick Wood},
+ TITLE = {{T}ree{\TeX}: Documentation and User Handbook},
+ INSTITUTION = {University of Waterloo},
+ YEAR = {1987},
+}
+
+@inproceedings
+ {AverageHeight,
+ AUTHOR = {N.G. de Bru{\ij}n and Donald~E. Knuth and S.O. Rice},
+ TITLE = {The average height of binary search trees},
+ BOOKTITLE = {Graph Theory and Computing},
+ YEAR = {1972},
+ editor = {R.C. Read},
+}
+
+@article
+ {BinarySearchTrees,
+ AUTHOR = {L. Devroye},
+ TITLE = {A note on the height of binary search trees},
+ JOURNAL = {Journal of the ACM},
+ YEAR = {1986},
+ volume = {33},
+ number = {3},
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@article
+ {BinaryTrees,
+ AUTHOR = {Ph. Flajolet and A. Odlyzko},
+ TITLE = {The average height of binary trees and other simple trees},
+ JOURNAL = {Journal of Computer and System Sciences},
+ YEAR = {1982},
+ volume = {25},
+}
+
+@article
+ {DocumentFormatting,
+ AUTHOR = {Richard K. Furuta and J. Scofield and Alan C. Shaw},
+ TITLE = {Document formatting systems: surveys, concepts, issues},
+ JOURNAL = {Computing Surveys},
+ YEAR = {1982},
+ volume = {14},
+ number = {3},
+}
+
+@article
+ {GML,
+ AUTHOR = {Charles F. Goldfarb},
+ TITLE = {A generalized approach to document markup},
+ JOURNAL = {SIGPLAN Notices of the ACM},
+ YEAR = {1981},
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@incollection
+ {ACP,
+ AUTHOR = {Donald~E. Knuth},
+ TITLE = {Fundamental {A}lgorithms},
+ BOOKTITLE = {The Art of Computer Programming},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ YEAR = {1973},
+ volume = {1},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+}
+
+@incollection
+ {ACP3,
+ AUTHOR = {Donald~E. Knuth},
+ TITLE = {Sorting and {S}earching},
+ BOOKTITLE = {The Art of Computer Programming},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ YEAR = {1973},
+ volume = {3},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+}
+
+@article
+ {Brother,
+ AUTHOR = {Th. Ottman and H.-W. Six},
+ TITLE = {{E}ine neue {K}lass ausgeglichener {B}in{\"a}rb{\"a}ume},
+ JOURNAL = {Angewandte Informatik},
+ YEAR = {1976},
+ volume = {9},
+}
+
+
+@inproceedings
+ {Grif,
+ AUTHOR = {Vincent Quint and I. Vatton and H. Bedor},
+ TITLE = {Grif: an interactive document environment for {\TeX{}}},
+ BOOKTITLE = {{\TeX} for Scientific Documentation},
+ YEAR = {1986},
+ editor = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien},
+ volume = {LNCS 236},
+ address = {Strasbourg, France},
+ month = jun,
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+}
+@article
+ {TidierTrees,
+ AUTHOR = {E. M. Reingold and J. S. Tilford},
+ TITLE = {Tidier drawings of tree},
+ JOURNAL = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering},
+ YEAR = {1981},
+ volume = {7},
+ number = {2},
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@article
+ {Complexity,
+ AUTHOR = {K. J. Supowit and E. M. Reingold},
+ TITLE = {The complexity of drawing trees nicely},
+ JOURNAL = {Acta Informatica},
+ YEAR = {1983},
+ volume = {18},
+}
+
+@article
+ {TidyTrees,
+ AUTHOR = {Ch. Wetherell and A. Shannon},
+ TITLE = {Tidy drawings of trees},
+ JOURNAL = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering},
+ volume = {5},
+ number = {5},
+ month = sep,
+ YEAR = 1979
+}
+
+
+@BOOK {latexguide,
+ TITLE= "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}, Document Preparation for Beginners and Advanced
+ Users",
+ AUTHOR= "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison Wesley Longman Limited",
+ XADDRESS = "Edimburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE, England",
+ EDITION= "troisi{\`e}me",
+ ISBN="0-201-39825-7",
+ YEAR= 1999
+ }
+
+@BOOK {mtypo,
+ TITLE= "M{\'e}mento Typographique",
+ AUTHOR="Gouriou, Charles",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}ercle de la {L}ibrairie",
+ ISBN="2-7654-0447-X",
+ YEAR=1992
+ }
+
+@BOOK {latexgp,
+ TITLE= "{{\LaTeX}} guide pratique",
+ AUTHOR= "Christian Rolland",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "France",
+ EDITION= "seconde",
+ YEAR= 1995,
+ MONTH= jun
+ }
+
+@BOOK {rolland1999,
+ TITLE="{{\LaTeX}} par la pratique",
+ AUTHOR= "Christian Rolland",
+ URL="{\url{Rolland.Christian@wanafoo.fr}}",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions O'Reilly",
+ ADDRESS="18, rue S{\'e}guier, 75006 PARIS",
+ ISBN="2-84177-073-7",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@Manual{ patashnik+bibtexing,
+ title = "\BibTeX{}ing",
+ author = "Oren Patashnik",
+ note = "Documentation for general {\BibTeX} users",
+ month = jan,
+ year = 1988
+}
+
+@Manual{ patashnik+designing,
+ title = "Designing \BibTeX{} Styles",
+ author = "Oren Patashnik",
+ year = 1988
+}
+
+@BOOK{gurari,
+ TITLE="{\TeX} and {\LaTeX}: {D}rawing and {L}iterate {P}rogramming",
+ AUTHOR= "Gurari, Eitan M.",
+ PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill",
+ ADDRESS = "New York",
+ ISBN= "0-07-025208-4",
+ YEAR="1994"
+ }
+
+
+@BOOK{gurari2,
+ TITLE="Writing with {\TeX}",
+ AUTHOR= "Gurari, Eitan M.",
+ PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill",
+ ADDRESS = "New York",
+ ISBN = "0-07-025207-6",
+ YEAR="1994"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{typo+tschichold+essays,
+ author = {Jan Tschichold},
+ title = {The Form of The Book: Selected Essays on Questions of Book
+ Design \& Quality},
+ publisher = {Hartley \& Marks, Inc.},
+ address = {Point Roberts, Washington},
+ year = "1975, 1991",
+ isbn = {0-88179-034-6},
+ note = {Traduit par Hajo Hadeler. \'Edit\'e, avec une introduction, par
+ Robert Bringhurst},
+}
+
+@BOOK{typo+tschichold+biographie,
+ author = {Jan Tschichold},
+ title = {Leben und Werk des Typographen Jan Tschichold},
+ publisher = {K.\,G. Saur},
+ address = {M\"unchen},
+ year = 1988,
+ isbn = {3-598-07224-4},
+}
+
+@BOOK{typo+tschichold+1961.1,
+ author = {Jan Tschichold},
+ title = {Contemporary Typography},
+ publisher = {New Laboratory Press},
+ address = {Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania},
+ year = 1961,
+ note = {Traduction de {\it Zur Typographie der Gegenwart}}
+}
+
+@BOOK{typo+tschichold+drucksachen,
+ author = {Jan Tschichold},
+ title = {Erfreuliche Drucksachen durch gute Typographie},
+ publisher = {Maro-Verlag},
+ address = {Augsburg},
+ year = 1992,
+ edition="seconde",
+ isbn = {3-87512-403-0},
+ note = {R\'eimpression de l'\'edition originale (Ravensburg~1960)},
+}
+
+@BOOK{vdm,
+ author={Cliff B. Jones},
+ title={Systematic Software Development using {VDM}},
+ publisher={Prentice Hall International, Series in Computer Sciences},
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ edition = "deuxi\`eme",
+ year=1990
+}
+
+@BOOK{spiker,
+ author={Sina Soiker},
+ title={Indexing Your Book: A Practical Guide for Authors},
+ publisher={University of Wisconsin Press},
+ year=1954
+}
+
+@book{ponctu,
+ author={Albert Doppagne},
+ title={La bonne ponctuation: clart\'e, pr\'ecision, efficacit\'e de vos phrases},
+ publisher={Duculot},
+ address={Paris},
+ edition="deuxi\`eme",
+ year=1984
+}
+
+@book{maj-abrev,
+ author={Albert Doppagne},
+ title="Majuscules, abr{\'e}viations, symboles et sigles",
+ publisher={Duculot},
+ address={Paris},
+ year=1975
+}
+
+@book{ps-essen,
+ author={Pierre Blanc},
+ title={{PostScript}, l'essentiel},
+ publisher={Eyrolles},
+ address={Paris},
+ month=aug,
+ year=1993
+}
+
+@BOOK{tex-help,
+ AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind and Rokicki, Tomas},
+ TITLE = "{\TeX} {Help}",
+ PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress",
+ ADDRESS = "Boston",
+ YEAR = {1993}
+ }
+@book{latex-comp,
+ TITLE={The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin},
+ PUBLISHER={Addison-Wesley},
+ ISBN={0-201-54199-8},
+ ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts},
+ YEAR=1994
+}
+
+@book{f-latex-comp,
+ TITLE={The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin},
+ PUBLISHER={CampusPress},
+ ISBN={2-7440-0897-4},
+ ADDRESS={19, rue Michel-le-Comte, 75003~Paris, {\url{http://www.campuspress.fr}}},
+ Note="Traduction fran{\c{c}}aise de {\cite{latex-comp}} par {El Mamoun Souidi}",
+ MONTH=jul,
+ YEAR=2000
+}
+
+@BOOK{latex-g-comp,
+ TITLE={The {\LaTeX} {G}raphic Companion:
+ {I}llustrating {D}ocuments with {\TeX} and
+ {P}ost{S}cript},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank
+ Mittelbach},
+ PUBLISHER={Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts},
+ ISBN="0-201-85469-4",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ YEAR=1997
+}
+
+@book{ps-grd,
+ TITLE="Graphic design with {PostScript}",
+ AUTHOR="Kunkel, Gerard",
+ PUBLISHER="Scott, Foresman",
+ ADDRESS="Glenview, IL",
+ ISBN="0-673-38794-1",
+ YEAR=1990
+}
+
+@book{ps-half,
+ TITLE="Halftoning with Adobe Accurate Screens",
+ AUTHOR ="Peter Fink",
+ PUBLISHER="Hayden",
+ YEAR=1992
+}
+
+@book{ps-learn,
+ TITLE="Learning PostScript: a visual approach",
+ AUTHOR="Smith and Ross",
+ PUBLISHER="Peachpit Press",
+ ADDRESS="Berkeley, California",
+ ISBN="0-938151-12-6",
+ YEAR=1990
+}
+
+@book{ps-exa,
+ TITLE="{PostScript} by Example",
+ AUTHOR="McGilton, Henry and Mary Campione",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts},
+ ISBN="0-201-63228-4",
+ YEAR=1992
+}
+
+@book{ps-screen,
+ TITLE="{PostScript} screening: Adobe accurate screens",
+ AUTHOR="Fink, Peter",
+ PUBLISHER="Adobe Press",
+ ADDRESS="Mountain View, California",
+ ISBN="0-672-48544-3",
+ YEAR=1992
+}
+
+@book{ps-prg,
+ TITLE="{PostScript} programmer's reference guide: featuring {PhoenixPage}",
+ AUTHOR="Holzgang, David A.",
+ PUBLISHER="Scott, Foresman",
+ ADDRESS="Glenview, IL",
+ ISBN="0-673-38574-4",
+ YEAR=1989
+}
+
+@book{ps-msdos,
+ TITLE="Running {PostScript} from {MS-DOS}",
+ AUTHOR="Glover, Gary",
+ PUBLISHER="Windcrest",
+ ADDRESS="Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania",
+ ISBN="0-8306-2998-X",
+ YEAR=1989
+}
+
+@book{ps-adv,
+ TITLE="Taking advantage of {PostScript}",
+ AUTHOR="Sherman, John F.",
+ PUBLISHER="Wm. C. Brown Publishers",
+ ADDRESS="Dubuque, IA",
+ ISBN="0-697-14032-6",
+ YEAR=1992
+}
+
+@book{ps-verb,
+ TITLE="The {V}erbum book of {PostScript} illustration",
+ SERIES="The {V}erbum electronic art {\&} design series",
+ AUTHOR="Gosney, Michael and Linnea Dayton and Janet Ashford",
+ PUBLISHER="{M\&T} Books",
+ ADDRESS="Redwood City, California",
+ ISBN="1-55851-089-3",
+ YEAR=1990
+}
+
+@book{ps-soker,
+TITLE="{PostScript}, Eine Umfassende Einfuhrung in die Programmierung",
+AUTHOR="Wilfred Soker",
+PUBLISHER ="Vieweg {\&} Sohn Verlag GmbH",
+ADDRESS="Postfach 5829, D-6200, Wiesbaden 1, Germany",
+ISBN="3-528-14711-3"
+}
+
+@book{ps-ws,
+TITLE="{PostScript} f{\"u}r Workstations",
+AUTHOR="Vollenweider, Peter",
+PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ISBN="3-89319-459-2 ",
+YEAR=1992
+}
+
+@book{ps-term,
+TITLE="Terminal Buch, {PostScript} Fonts und Programmiertechnik",
+AUTHOR="Thomas Merz",
+PUBLISHER="R. Oldenburg Verlag",
+ADDRESS="Munchen, Germany",
+ISBN="3-486-21674-0"
+}
+
+@BOOK {cweb,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth and Silvio Levy",
+ TITLE= "The {CWEB} System of Structured Documentation, Version~3.0",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-57569-8",
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {texwork,
+ AUTHOR = "Norman Walsh",
+ TITLE= "Making {\TeX} work",
+ PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472",
+ ISBN="1-56592-051-1",
+ YEAR="1994"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {pdf,
+ AUTHOR = "Tim Bienz and Richard Cohn",
+ SERIES= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ TITLE = "{P}ortable {D}ocument {F}ormat {R}eference {M}anual",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-62628-4",
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@MISC {pdf1,
+ AUTHOR = "Tim Bienz and Richard Cohn and Meehan, Jim R.",
+ TITLE = "{P}ortable {D}ocument {F}ormat {R}eference {M}anual, {V}ersion{~}1.2",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.adobe.com/supportservice/devrelations/PDFS/TN/PDFSPEC.PDF}}",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK {punctua,
+ AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina",
+ TITLE = "La ponctuation",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="2818",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ EDITION="premi{\`e}re",
+ YEAR = "1994"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {ortho,
+ AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina",
+ TITLE = "L'orthographe",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="685",
+ EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {dict-ortho,
+ EDITOR = "Catach, Nina",
+ TITLE="Dictionnaire historique de l'orthographe fran{\c{c}}aise",
+ PUBLISHER="Larousse",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@INCOLLECTION {g-ortho,
+ AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina",
+ BOOKTITLE = "Retour aux sources",
+ TITLE = "Le g\'enie de la ponctuation",
+ SERIES="Traverses",
+ NUMBER="43",
+ PUBLISHER = "Centre Georges Pompidou",
+ ADDRESS = "Paris",
+ YEAR = "1988"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {colignon,
+ AUTHOR= "Colignon, Jean-Pierre",
+ TITLE="La ponctuation (art et finesse)",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}dition {\'E}ole",
+ ADDRESS="171, rue Saint-Jacques, Paris",
+ YEAR="1988"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {damour,
+ AUTHOR= "Damour",
+ TITLE="Trait\'e moderne de ponctuation",
+ PUBLISHER="Larousse",
+ YEAR="1939"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {drillon,
+ AUTHOR= "Drillon, Jacques",
+ TITLE="Trait\'e de la ponctuation fran\c{c}aise",
+ SERIES="{Collection TEL}",
+ PUBLISHER="Gallimard",
+ YEAR="1991"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {sawyer,
+ AUTHOR= "Sawyer, Stanley A. and Krantz, Steven G.",
+ TITLE="A {\TeX} primer for scientists",
+ PUBLISHER="CRC Press",
+ ADDRESS = "Boca Raton (FL), Ann Arbor, London,
+ Tokyo",
+ ISBN="0-84937-1597",
+ YEAR="1995"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {vulis,
+ AUTHOR= "Vulis, Michael",
+ TITLE="Modern {\TeX} and its applications",
+ PUBLISHER="CRC Press",
+ ADDRESS = "Boca Raton, FL",
+ ISBN="0-8493-4431-X",
+ YEAR="1993"
+ }
+
+@MANUAL {xymtex,
+ AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita",
+ TITLE="{\XyMTeX}: A Macro Package for Typesetting Chemical Structural Formulas",
+ ORGANIZATION="Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.",
+ ADDRESS="Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR="1993"}
+
+@BOOK{texcetera,
+ EDITOR="Vicki Brown",
+ TITLE="{P}rime {T}ime {\TeX}cetera",
+ PUBLISHER="{P}rime {T}ime {F}reeware",
+ ADDRESS="379 Altair Way {\#}150, Sunnyvale CA 94086 USA",
+ YEAR="1994"}
+
+@incollection
+ {ZN,
+ AUTHOR = {Mike Spivey},
+ BOOKTITLE = {M{\'e}thodologie de {L}ogiciel},
+ TITLE = {La {N}otation {Z}},
+ PUBLISHER = {Masson {(Prentice-Hall)}},
+ YEAR = {1994},
+ address = {Paris},
+}
+
+@BOOK {qsj-biblio,
+ AUTHOR = "Malcl{\`e}s, Louise-No{\"e}lle and Lh{\'e}ritier, Andr{\'e}e",
+ TITLE = "La Bibliographie",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="708",
+ EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR = "1989"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {qsj-imp,
+ AUTHOR = "G{\'e}rard Martin",
+ TITLE = "L'Imprimerie",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="1067",
+ EDITION="huiti{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {gr-files,
+ AUTHOR = "Murray, James D. and {Ryper}, William van",
+ TITLE= "Encyclopedia of Graphics File Formats",
+ PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ YEAR="1996"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {doob,
+ AUTHOR=" Michael Doob",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer Verlag",
+ TITLE="Starting from {\fbox{$1$}}",
+ YEAR=1993,
+ ISBN="3-540-56441-1"}
+
+@BOOK {tips,
+ AUTHOR="J. Kenneth Shultis",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX\ Notes}: Practical Tips for Preparing Technical Documents",
+ PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1994,
+ ISBN="0-131-20973-6"}
+
+@BOOK {gauth,
+ AUTHOR="Gauthier, Richard L.",
+ TITLE="Using the {\TeX\ } Typesetting Language",
+ PUBLISHER="Reston Pub. Co.",
+ ADDRESS="Reston, Va.",
+ YEAR=1984,
+ ISBN="0-8359-8160-6"}
+
+@BOOK {math-tex,
+ AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer",
+ TITLE="Math into {\TeX}: A Simple Introduction to {\AmSLaTeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston",
+ ADDRESS="Boston MA",
+ YEAR=1993,
+ ISBN="0-8176-3637-4"}
+
+@BOOK {math-latex,
+ AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer",
+ TITLE="Math into {\LaTeX}: {A}n {I}ntroduction to
+ {\LaTeX\ } and {\AmSLaTeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston et Springer-Verlag New York",
+ YEAR=1999,
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ ISBN="0-8176-4431-9"}
+
+@BOOK {gratzer1999,
+ AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer",
+ TITLE="{F}irst {S}teps in {\LaTeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston",
+ ADDRESS="Boston MA",
+ YEAR=1999,
+ NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre",
+ ISBN="0-8176-4132-7"}
+
+
+@MANUAL {figuring,
+ AUTHOR="Anil K. Goel",
+ TITLE="Figure'ing and Picture'ing {\LaTeX}",
+ ORGANIZATION="Math Faculty Computing Facility, University of Waterloo",
+ ADDRESS="Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1",
+ MONTH=jul,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK {everyone,
+ AUTHOR="Jane Hahn",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {E}veryone: a reference guide and tutorial for typesetting
+ documents using a computer",
+ PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ ISBN="0-13-605908-2",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK {concis,
+ AUTHOR="Adrian Johnstone",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX}, Concisely",
+ SERIES="Series in Computers and Their Applications",
+ PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-13-524539-7",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+
+@BOOK{agsm,
+ AUTHOR = "John Pitson",
+ ADDRESS = "Canberra",
+ EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER = "Australian Government Publishing Service",
+ TITLE = "Style Manual for authors editors and printers of {A}ustralian
+government publications",
+ YEAR = "1978"
+}
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{latex2htmldoc,
+ AUTHOR = "Nikos Drakos",
+ NOTE = "Documentation accompagnant le traducteur de {\LaTeX} vers {\sc Html}, URL = {\url{http://www-dsed.llnl.gov/files/programs/unix/latex2html/manual/}}",
+ TITLE = "The {\LaTeX}2{\HTML} {T}ranslator, {U}ser's {G}uide and {M}anual",
+ YEAR = "1998",
+}
+
+@BOOK{latex2html93,
+ AUTHOR = "Nikos Drakos",
+ MONTH = aug,
+ TITLE = "A {\LaTeX} to {HTML} translator",
+ NOTE = "(Rapport interne)",
+ PUBLISHER = "Computer Based Learning Unit",
+ ADDRESS = "University of Leeds",
+ YEAR = 1993}
+
+
+@BOOK{concrete,
+ AUTHOR= "Ronald L. Graham and Donald~E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik",
+ TITLE = "Concrete Mathematics: A Fondation for Computer Science",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN = "0-201-14236-8",
+ YEAR=1989
+ }
+
+@PHDTHESIS{liang,
+ AUTHOR={Franklin Mark Liang},
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1983,
+ SCHOOL={Stanford University},
+ ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305},
+ TITLE={{Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-pu-ter}},
+ NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University,
+ Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-83-977''}
+ }
+
+@PHDTHESIS{hobby-phd,
+ author = "John Douglas Hobby",
+ title="{D}igitized {B}rush {T}rajectories",
+ NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University,
+ Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-85-1070''},
+ SCHOOL={Stanford University},
+ ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305},
+ MONTH=apr,
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@PHDTHESIS{wyk-phd,
+ AUTHOR="Christopher J. Van Wyk",
+ TITLE="A {L}anguage for {T}ypesetting {G}raphics",
+ NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University,
+ Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-80-803''},
+ SCHOOL={Stanford University},
+ ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305},
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1980}
+
+@ARTICLE{wyk1981,
+ AUTHOR="Christopher J. Van Wyk",
+ title="A graphics typesetting language",
+ JOURNAL = {SIGPLAN Notices of the ACM},
+ VOLUME=16,
+ NUMBER=6,
+ MONTH=jun,
+ PAGES="99--107",
+ YEAR=1981}
+
+@BOOK{bugs,
+ AUTHOR = {Lyn Dupr{\'e}},
+ TITLE = {Bugs in Writing},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN={0-201-60019-6},
+ YEAR = {1995}
+ }
+
+@MISC{amsfonts,
+TITLE="{AMSFonts} version {\textup{2.2}---}user's guide",
+AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}",
+ADDRESS="Providence, RI",
+YEAR="1995",
+MONTH=jan,
+NOTE="(CTAN: {\url{fonts/amsfonts/doc/amsfndoc.ps}}),
+ distribu{\'e} avec le paquetage {AMSFonts}"
+}
+
+@MISC{author-guidelines,
+TITLE="Instructions for preparation of papers and monographs---{\amslatex/}",
+AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}",
+ADDRESS="Providence, RI",
+YEAR="1994, 1996, 1999"}
+
+@MISC{amsthdoc,
+TITLE="{Using} the {\texttt{amsthm}} {P}ackage",
+AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}",
+ADDRESS="Providence, RI",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK {texm,
+ TITLE= "La ma{\^{\i}}trise de {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}",
+ AUTHOR= "Thomas Lachand-Robert",
+ PUBLISHER = "Masson",
+ ADDRESS = "Paris",
+ ISBN= "2-225-84832-7",
+ YEAR= 1995,
+ }
+
+@techreport{CSTR116,
+ author = "Kernighan, Brian W. and Ritchie, Denis M.",
+ title = "{PIC}---A Graphics Language for Typesetting, User Manual",
+ series = "Computing Science Technical Report",
+ number = 116,
+ institution = "AT\&T Bell Laboratories",
+ address = "Murray Hill, New Jersey",
+ year = 1984
+}
+@incollection{ke+pic,
+ author = "Kernighan, Brian W.",
+ title = "Pic---A Graphics Language for Typesetting",
+ booktitle = "Unix Research System Papers, Tenth Edition",
+ publisher = "AT\&T Bell Laboratories",
+ pages = "53--77",
+ year = 1990
+}
+@article{ho+mp1,
+ keyx = "Hobby",
+ author = "John Douglas Hobby",
+ title = "A {\MFT}-like System with {P}ost{S}cript Output",
+ journal = "{TUGboat}",
+ volume = 10,
+ number = 4,
+ pages = "505--512",
+ month = dec,
+ year = 1989
+}
+
+@book{ps-visual,
+TITLE="Learning {PostScript}: A Visual Approach",
+AUTHOR="Ross Smith",
+PUBLISHER="Peachpit Press",
+ISBN="0-938151-12-6",
+YEAR=1995
+}
+
+%
+% extracted from litprog.bib database
+%
+
+@string{ tub = "{TUGboat}"}
+
+@article{litprog-schrod-cweb,
+ author = {Klaus Guntermann and Joachim Schrod},
+ title = {{\WEB} adapted to {C}},
+ journal = tub,
+ volume = 7,
+ number = 3,
+ month = Oct,
+ year = 1986,
+ pages = {134-137},
+ xannote = {\js{} My {\small CWEB}, an adaption of Knuth's Pascal
+\WEB{}, ie, written in \WEB{}. Created to write an IBM~/370
+assembler/emulater for undergrad CS courses. I was an graduate
+student, Klaus was my supervisor then.}
+}
+
+%
+% from doc of circuit_macros
+%
+@techreport{KRm4,
+author={Kernighan, Brian W. and Richie, Denis M.},
+title={The {M4} Macro Processor},
+institution={Bell Laboratories},
+year={1977}}
+
+@misc{gpic,
+author={The Free Software Foundation},
+title={Gpic man page},
+year={1992}}
+
+@misc{mfpic,
+author={Leathrum, Thomas},
+title={Pictures in {\TeX\ }with Metafont},
+institution={Dartmouth},
+year={1992}}
+
+@misc{pstricks,
+author={Zandt, Timothy van},
+title={{PST}ricks User's Guide},
+institution={Princeton},
+year={1993}}
+
+@misc{vanZandt93,
+author={Zandt, Timothy van},
+title="{PSTricks} macros for {G}eneric {\TeX}",
+note="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/}}",
+year={1993}}
+
+@misc{Johnstone92,
+author={Johnstone, Adrian},
+title={Electronic symbols for \protect{\LaTeX}\ picture mode},
+institution={Royal Holloway, University of London},
+note={Email: {\tt adrean@cs.rhbnc.ac.uk}},
+year={1992}}
+
+@misc{Verwer92,
+author={Verwer, Nico},
+title={Readme for {L}oggates},
+institution={Utrecht, Dept. of Computer Science},
+note={Email: {\tt nico@cs.ruu.nl}},
+year={1992}}
+
+@techreport
+ {guide-loria,
+ TITLE = "Guide local {\LaTeX} du site {LORIA}",
+ AUTHOR = "J.-M. Antoine and J.-M. Hufflen and Denis R{\oe}gel and K. Tombre",
+ INSTITUTION = {Centre de Recherche en Informatique de Nancy},
+ TYPE = "Rapport technique",
+ MONTH = dec,
+ YEAR = 1996
+}
+
+@BOOK {advtexbook,
+ AUTHOR = "David Salomon",
+ TITLE= "The Advanced {\TeX{}book}",
+ PUBLISHER="{Springer Verlag}",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-387-94556-3",
+ YEAR = "1995",
+ }
+
+@BOOK {objlatex,
+ AUTHOR = "Vincent Granet and Jean-Pierre Regourd",
+ TITLE= "Objectif {\LaTeX}",
+ ADDRESS= "Paris",
+ PUBLISHER="Masson",
+ ISBN="2-225-84993-5",
+ YEAR = "1995",
+ }
+
+@BOOK {revol,
+ AUTHOR = "Eisenstein, Elizabeth L.",
+ TITLE= "The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-521-44770-4",
+ YEAR = "{(Canto imprint)}",
+ }
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+ClassGuide,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeXe\ }for class and package writers",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/clsguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+ConfigGuide,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="Configuration options for {\LaTeXe}",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/cfgguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=Dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+ModGuide,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="Configuration options for {\LaTeXe}",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/modguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=Dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+FontGuide,
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeXe{}} font selection",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="Documente le m{\'e}canisme de s{\'e}lection des
+ fontes. Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX},
+ {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/fntguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+UserGuide,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeXe~}for authors",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/usrguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=Dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+CyrGuide,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ AUTHOR="Vladimir Volovitch and Werner Lemberg",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="Cyrillic languages support in {\LaTeX}",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/cyrguide.tex}}",
+ MONTH=Dec,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@MISC{simple-nfss,
+ TITLE="A few words on fonts",
+ AUTHOR="Timothy Murphy",
+ NOTE={\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/simple-nfss.tex}},
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@TECHREPORT{LT3+source2e,
+ KEY="latex3",
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX}: the program",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ MONTH=Jun,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{Goldberg+lastpage,
+ AUTHOR="Jeffrey Goldberg",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{lastpage}} package",
+ NOTE="Documentation électronique",
+ MONTH=Oct,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{l2e-config,
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="Configuration Options for {\LaTeXe{}}",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@TECHREPORT{l2e-mod,
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="Modifying {\LaTeXe{}}",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@TECHREPORT{l2e-auth,
+ INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeXe{}} for Authors",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+
+@BOOK {roy,
+ AUTHOR = "Roy, Yves",
+ TITLE= "{\TeX/WEB} et le traitement de textes math{\'e}matiques",
+ PUBLISHER="Masson",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-225-80249-1",
+ YEAR = 1984}
+
+@incollection
+ {unicode91,
+ AUTHOR = "{Unicode Inc.}",
+ TITLE = {The {U}nicode {S}tandard},
+ BOOKTITLE = {Worldwide Character Encoding, Version 1.0},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ YEAR = {1991},
+ volume = {1},
+ isbn = "0201-56788-1",
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+}
+
+@incollection
+ {unicode92,
+ AUTHOR = "{Unicode Inc.}",
+ TITLE = {The {U}nicode {S}tandard},
+ BOOKTITLE = {Worldwide Character Encoding, Version 1.0},
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ YEAR = {1992},
+ volume = {2},
+ isbn = "0201-60845-6",
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT
+ {cheng,
+ AUTHOR="Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison",
+ TITLE= "{A}utomatic {I}ndex {P}reparation and {P}rocessing",
+ NOTE="Fichier {\texttt{indexing/makeindex/paper/ind.tex}} sur les archives {\CTAN}",
+ NUMBER= "UCB/CSD 87/347",
+ INSTITUTION="Computer Science Division, University of California",
+ ADDRESS="Berkeley, California",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ YEAR=1987,
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE
+ {cheng1,
+ AUTHOR="Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison",
+ TITLE= "Index preparation and processing",
+ JOURNAL="Software -- Practice and Experience",
+ PAGES="897--915",
+ VOLUME=18,
+ NUMBER=9,
+ MONTH=sep,
+ YEAR=1988,
+ }
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Decouchant95b,
+ AUTHOR="D. Decouchant and Vincent Quint and M. Romero",
+ TITLE="Structured and Distributed Cooperative Editing in a Large Scale Network",
+ EDITOR="R. Rada",
+ BOOKTITLE="Groupware and Authoring",
+ PUBLISHER="Academic Press",
+ YEAR=1995,
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{Andre94g,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and A. Wild",
+ TITLE="Ligatures, typographie et informatique",
+ VOLUME=892,
+ JOURNAL="{PI}",
+ NOTE="Irisa, Rennes",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1994,
+ }
+
+@BOOK{Quint94d,
+ AUTHOR="Vincent Quint",
+ TITLE="{\'E}dition de documents structur{\'e}s",
+ iNOTE="Le traitement {\'e}lectronique du document",
+ PAGES="11-47",
+ PUBLISHER="{ADBS} {\'e}ditions",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1994,
+ }
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre94e,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and H. Richy",
+ TITLE="{\'E}dition structur{\'e}e et indexation hypertextuelle d'actes m{\'e}di{\'e}vaux",
+ BOOKTITLE="{C}olloque {H}istoire et {I}nformatique",
+ PUBLISHER="Presses Universitaires de Rennes",
+ XADDRESS="Rennes",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1994,
+ }
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre92c,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Font Metrics",
+ BOOKTITLE="Technical and Visual Aspects of Types",
+ EDITOR="Roger D. Hersch",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR=1992,
+ }
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre92b,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and Roger D. Hersch",
+ TITLE="An introduction to digital type",
+ BOOKTITLE="Technical and Visual Aspects of Types",
+ EDITOR="Roger D. Hersch",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR=1992,
+ }
+
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Quint89a,
+ AUTHOR="Vincent Quint",
+ TITLE="Systems for the Manipulation of Structured Documents",
+ BOOKTITLE="Structured Documents",
+ EDITOR="Jacques André and Richard K. Furuta and Vincent Quint",
+ PAGES="39-74",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR=1989,
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{kletzing95,
+ AUTHOR = "Dennis Kletzing",
+ TITLE="A multienumerate package",
+ JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+ VOLUME="16",
+ NUMBER="3",
+ MONTH=sep,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{lshort,
+ AUTHOR="Oetiker, Tobias and Partl, Hubert and Schlegl, Elisabeth",
+ TITLE="{T}he {N}ot {S}o {S}hort {I}ntroduction to {\LaTeXe}",
+ TYPE="{Or} {\LaTeXe} in 69 minutes",
+ INSTITUTION="(répertoire {\texttt{info/lshort}} sur les archives {\CTAN})",
+ MONTH=jan,
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@MISC{ltmiscen,
+ AUTHOR="Johannes Braams and David Paul Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Michel Lamport and Frank Mittelbach and Chris A. Rowley and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf",
+ TITLE="Fichier {\texttt{ltmiscen.dtx}}",
+ NOTE="Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}"}
+
+@MISC{cmfonts,
+ AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf",
+ TITLE="Fichier {\texttt{cmfonts.fdd}} {\`a} utiliser avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}"}
+
+@MISC{everysel,
+ AUTHOR="Martin Schr{\"o}der",
+ TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{everysel}} pour {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/everysel}"}
+
+@MISC{raggedri,
+ AUTHOR="Martin Schr{\"o}der",
+ TITLE="L'option de style \texttt{raggedri} pour
+ {\LaTeX2.09}",
+ NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/raggedright}"}
+
+@MISC{ragged,
+ AUTHOR="Laurent Siebenmann",
+ TITLE="Paquetage \texttt{ragged.sty}",
+ NOTE="{\CTAN}:
+ {\url{tex-archive/macros/generic/ragged/ragged.sty}},
+ g{\'e}n{\'e}rique pour le {\PlainTeX} et {\LaTeX}"}
+
+@COMMENT{yh-imposs,
+ TITLE="Impossible n'est pas {\anyTeX}",
+ AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous",
+ PUBLISHER="International Thomson Publishing's Forges",
+ ADDRESS="France",
+ NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@TECHREPORT{lamport-longf,
+ AUTHOR="Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ TITLE="How to write a long formula",
+ TYPE="Research Report",
+ NUMBER="118",
+ INSTITUTION="Digital Equipment Corporation, Systems Research Center",
+ NOTE="{\`a} para{\^{\i}}tre dans {\em FACJ 6\/}(5) (September/October 1994)",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@techreport{hobby,
+ AUTHOR="John Douglas Hobby",
+ TITLE="{D}rawing {G}raphs with {\MPT}",
+ NOTE="Documentation disponible en format {P}ost{Script} à
+ {\url{\texttt{http://www.loria.fr/tex/prod-graph.html}}},
+ {\url{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html}}
+ et
+ {\url{http:/cm.bell-labs.com/cs/cstr/164.ps.gz}}" ,
+ institution = {AT\&T Bell Laboratories},
+ address = {Murray Hill, New Jersey},
+ type = {Computing Science Technical Report},
+ number = {no.~164},
+ year = {1993}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{aidetypo,
+ AUTHOR="G{\'e}rard Blanchard",
+ TITLE="Aide pour le choix de la typographie",
+ NOTE="{PAO}, cours sup{\'e}rieur",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+ ISBN="2-911220-02-1",
+ MOMTH=fev,
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{ftypo,
+ AUTHOR="Yves Perrousseaux",
+ TITLE="Manuel de typographie fran{\c{c}}aise {\'e}l{\'e}mentaire",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+ ISBN="2-911220-00-5",
+ EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=2001}
+
+@BOOK{fmisepage,
+ AUTHOR="Yves Perrousseaux",
+ TITLE="Mise en page et impression, notions {\'e}l{\'e}mentaires",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+ ISBN="2-911220-01-3",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@MISC{IEEEstd,
+ KEY={IEEE},
+ TITLE={Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams},
+ NOTE={IEEE Std 315-1975},
+ INSTITUTION={IEEE},
+ YEAR={1975}}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-colorsep,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{C}olor {S}eparation {C}onventions for {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {P}rograms",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5044",
+ MONTH="24 " # may,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{agfa+color,
+ AUTHOR="{A}gfa {C}orporation{\noopsort{Agfa}}",
+ TITLE="An Introduction to Digital Color Press",
+ NOTE="Volumes {I} and {II}",
+ PUBLISHER="{A}gfa {C}orporation",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{foley,
+ AUTHOR="Foley, J. and others",
+ TITLE="Computer Graphics{\string:} Principles and Practice",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-12110-7",
+ YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{col-repro,
+ AUTHOR="Hunt, R.",
+ TITLE="The Reproduction of Color in Photography, Printing, and Television",
+ PUBLISHER="Fountain Press",
+ ISBN="0-85242-356-X",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{judd+wys,
+ AUTHOR="Judd, D. B. and Wyszecki, G.",
+ TITLE="Color in Business, Science, and Industry",
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons",
+ YEAR=1975}
+
+@BOOK{molla,
+ AUTHOR="Molla, Da. R. K.",
+ TITLE="Electronic Color Separation",
+ PUBLISHER="R.K. Printing {\&} Publishing Company",
+ ADDRESS="Montgomery, WV",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{wyszecki,
+ AUTHOR="Wyszecki, G. and Stiles, W. S.",
+ TITLE="Color Science{\string:} Concepts and Methods, Quantitative Data and Formula",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ PUBLISHER="R.K. Printing {\&} Publishing Company",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-font-support,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{S}upporting {F}onts in the {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {E}nvironment",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5075",
+ MONTH="31 " # mar,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-man2-upd,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{U}pdates to the {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {R}eference {M}anual, {S}econd
+ {E}dition",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5085",
+ MONTH="7 " # Jul,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-doc-struct,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {D}ocument
+ {S}tructuring {C}onventions {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 3.0",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5001",
+ MONTH="25 " # Sep,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-eps-format,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{E}ncapsulated {P}ost{S}cript {F}ile {F}ormat
+ {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 3.0",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5002",
+ MONTH="1er " # may,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-afm-format,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{A}dobe {F}ont {M}etrics {F}ile {F}ormat
+ {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 4.1",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5004",
+ MONTH="16 " # Oct,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-bin-screen,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{A}dobe {B}in {S}creen {F}iles
+ {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 2.0",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5006",
+ MONTH="31 " # mar,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-ai-file,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{A}dobe {I}llustrator {F}ile {F}ormat
+ {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 2.0",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5007",
+ MONTH="28 " # Oct,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-psft,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {F}ile {T}ransmission
+ {(PSFT)} {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="Version 1.0",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5011",
+ MONTH="02 " # apr,
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-type42,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{T}he {T}ype 42 {F}ont {F}ormat {S}pecification",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5012",
+ MONTH="1er " # Mar,
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-type1-ffs,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat {S}upplement",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5015",
+ MONTH="15 " # jan,
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-supp-down,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{S}upporting {D}ownloadable {P}ost{S}cript
+ {L}anguage {F}onts",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5040",
+ MONTH="31 March",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-fnt-list,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{A}dobe {F}ont {N}ame {R}eference {T}able",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5090",
+ MONTH="27 " # Oct,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-l2-setscreen,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{L}evel 2 {C}ompatibility{\string:} {T}he
+ setscreen and currentscreen {O}perators",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5119",
+ MONTH="31 " # Mar,
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-ext-cid,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {E}xtensions for
+ {CID-K}eyed {F}onts",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="{P}ost{S}cript {S}oftware {V}ersion 2015",
+ NUMBER="{\#}5213",
+ MONTH="29 " # jun,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ps-man-supp,
+ KEY="Adobe",
+ AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}",
+ INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated",
+ TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {R}eference {M}anual
+ {S}upplement",
+ TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote",
+ NOTE="{F}or {V}ersion 2016",
+ NUMBER="{PS} {S}upplement 2016",
+ MONTH="7 " # Jul,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@MISC{art+Chen,
+ AUTHOR="Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ TITLE="{MakeIndex}{\string:} {A}n {I}ndex {P}rocessor for {\LaTeX}",
+ MONTH="17 " # feb,
+ YEAR=1987,
+ NOTE="Extrait du fichier {\texttt{makeindex.tex}} fourni avec le code source du
+ programme"}
+
+@MISC{art+docstrip,
+ AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach and Denys Duchier and Johannes Braams",
+ TITLE="\texttt{docstrip.dtx}",
+ NOTE="Ce fichier fait partie du paquetage {\texttt{doc}}"}
+
+@MISC{art+verbatim,
+ AUTHOR="Rainer Sch{\"o}pf",
+ TITLE="A New Implementation of {\LaTeX}'s {\texttt{verbatim}} and
+ {\texttt{verbatim*}} Environments",
+ NOTE="Fichier {\texttt{verbatim.doc}}, version 1.4i"}
+
+@MISC{fertel,
+ AUTHOR="{Fertel{, I}mprimeur {\&} {M}archand {L}ibraire, rue des {\'E}p{\'e}es, {\`a} l'{I}mage de {S}aint {B}ertin, {S}aint {O}mer}, Martin Dominique",
+ TITLE="La science pratique de l'imprimerie",
+ YEAR=1723}
+
+@BOOK{baudin,
+ AUTHOR="Baudin, Fernand",
+ TITLE="La {T}ypographie au tableau noir",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{baudin-gut,
+ AUTHOR="Baudin, Fernand",
+ TITLE="{L'E}ffet {G}utenberg",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C} de la {L}ibrairie",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{beaune,
+ AUTHOR="Beaune, Joseph and Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Qui a rammass{\'e} la plume d'oie?",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Dessain et Tolra",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1979}
+
+@BOOK{appriv,
+ AUTHOR="Bernard, Yves",
+ TITLE="Apprivoiser la cha{\^{\i}}ne graphique",
+ PUBLISHER="Les {\'e}ditions de l'{O}rganisation",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{blanchard1,
+ AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard",
+ TITLE="Pour une s{\'e}miologie de la typographie",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des {R}encontres de {L}ure",
+ YEAR=1979}
+
+@ARTICLE{blanchard2,
+ AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard",
+ TITLE="{J}an {T}schichold parle de typographie",
+ JOURNAL="Communication et langages",
+ VOLUME=63,
+ YEAR=1984}
+
+@ARTICLE{blanchard3,
+ AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard",
+ TITLE="Le look de l'{\'e}troit",
+ JOURNAL="Communication et langages",
+ VOLUME=73,
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@ARTICLE{blanchard4,
+ AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard",
+ title = "N{\oe}uds {\&} esperlu{\`e}tes: actualit{\'e}s
+ et p{\'e}rennit{\'e} d'un signe",
+ journal = j-GUTENBERG,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "22",
+ pages = "43--59",
+ month = sep,
+}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{brookfield,
+ AUTHOR="Brookfield, Karen",
+ TITLE="L'{\'e}criture et le livre",
+ BOOKTITLE="Les yeux de la d{\'e}couverte",
+ PUBLISHER="Gallimard",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{dchoseimp,
+ AUTHOR="Chassagnard, Guy",
+ TITLE="Le petit dictionnaire de la chose imprim{\'e}e",
+ PUBLISHER="Sud {\'E}ditions",
+ ADDRESS="Nice",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{logo,
+ AUTHOR="Delorme, Christian",
+ TITLE="Le logo",
+ PUBLISHER="Les {\'e}ditions de l'{O}rganisation",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ edition="seconde",
+ ISBN="2708122185",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{choseimp,
+ AUTHOR="Dreyfus, John and Ponot, Ren{\'e} and Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+ TITLE="La chose imprim{\'e}e",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{civil-ecr,
+ AUTHOR="Druet, Roger and Gr{\'e}goire, Herman",
+ TITLE="La civilisation de l'{\'e}criture",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {A}rth{\`e}me {F}ayard et {D}essain et {T}olra",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1976}
+
+@BOOK{maquette-map,
+ AUTHOR="Duplan, Pierre and Jauneau, Roger",
+ TITLE="Maquette et mise en page",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {M}oniteur",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{duplan,
+AUTHOR="Duplan, Pierre and Jauneau, Roger",
+TITLE="Maquette et mise en page",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{U}sine {N}ouvelle",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1982}
+
+
+@BOOK{rook,
+ EDITOR="Eason, Ron and Rookledge, Sarah and Baines, Phil and Rookledge, Gordon",
+ TITLE="{R}ookledge's {I}nternational {H}andbook of {T}ype {D}esigners: {A}
+ {B}iographical {D}irectory",
+ NOTE="Compagnon de~{\cite{rookledge1990}}",
+ PUBLISHER="{S}arema {P}ress ({P}ublishers) {Ltd}",
+ ADDRESS="Surrey, England",
+ ISBN="1-55921-092-3",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{faudouas,
+ AUTHOR="Faudouas, Jean-Claude",
+ TITLE="Dictionnaire des grands noms de la chose imprim{\'e}e",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{ency-type,
+ AUTHOR="Jaspert, W. P. and Berry and Johnson",
+ TITLE="{E}ncyclop{\oe}dia of {T}ype {F}aces",
+ PUBLISHER="{B}landford {P}ress {Ltd}",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{massin,
+ AUTHOR="Massin",
+ TITLE="La lettre et l'image",
+ PUBLISHER="Gallimard",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR="1970--1993"}
+
+@BOOK{callig,
+ AUTHOR="Mediavilla, Claude",
+ TITLE="Calligraphie",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{tech-gra,
+ AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Techniques graphiques",
+ PUBLISHER="{M}inist{\`e}re du {C}ommerce et de l'{I}ndustrie",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1975}
+
+@BOOK{plomb-encre,
+ AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="De plomb, d'encre et de lumi{\`e}re",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{hist-carac,
+ AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Histoire de presque tous les caract{\`e}res d'imprimerie",
+ PUBLISHER="Les cahiers de {L}ure",
+ YEAR=1979}
+
+@ARTICLE{uni-typo,
+ AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+ TITLE="Pour th{\'e}orie unitaire de la typographie",
+ JOURNAL="Communication et langages",
+ VOLUME=36}
+
+@BOOK{ruder,
+ AUTHOR="Ruder, Emil",
+ TITLE="Typographie",
+ PUBLISHER="{V}erlag {A}rtur {N}iggli",
+ ADDRESS="{T}eufen, {AR}",
+ YEAR=1967}
+
+@BOOK{salles,
+ AUTHOR="Salles, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="{5\,000} ans d'histoire du livre",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {O}uest {F}rance",
+ ADDRESS="Rennes",
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{setola,
+ AUTHOR="Setola, Geert and Pohlen, Joep",
+ TITLE="La fontaine aux lettres",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {F}ontana",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{tsi+livre-typo,
+ AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan",
+ ISBN="2-904235-81-7",
+ TITLE="Livre et typographie",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {A}llia",
+ NOTE="Traduit de l'allemand par Nicole Casanova, postface
+ de Muriel Paris. Titre original: {\emph{Ausgew{\H{a}}hlte
+ Aufs{\H{a}}tze {\H{u}}ber Fragen der Gestalt des
+ Buches und der Typographie}}, {\cite{typo+tschichold+selected}}",
+ ADDRESS="16, rue Charlemagne, Paris iv",
+ YEAR= oct # " 1994--" # nov # " 1998"}
+
+@BOOK{majus,
+ AUTHOR="Dauppagnea, Albert",
+ TITLE="Majuscules, abr{\'e}viations, symboles et sigles",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {D}ucolot",
+ ADDRESS="Paris -- Louvain-la-Neuve",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@MANUAL{cgc,
+ ORGANIZATION="{F}{\'e}d{\'e}ration {CGC} de la communication",
+ TITLE="Code typographique",
+ ADDRESS="64, rue Taitbout, 75009~Paris",
+ EDITION="dix-septi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@MANUAL{guibert1997,
+ TITLE="Le nouveau code typographique",
+ ORGANIZATION="{F}{\'e}d{\'e}ration {CGC} de la communication",
+ ADDRESS="64, rue Taitbout, 75009~Paris",
+ AUTHOR="Robert Guibert",
+ ISBN="2-9507157-1-0",
+ NOTE="R{\'e}vis{\'e}, compl{\'e}t{\'e} et modernis{\'e}",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{ramat,
+ AUTHOR="Ramat, Aurel",
+ TITLE="Le {R}amat typographique",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {C}harles {C}orlet",
+ ADDRESS="Cond{\'e}-sur-{N}oireau",
+ ISBN="2-922366-00-6",
+ YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOK{ramat-gram,
+ AUTHOR="Ramat, Aurel",
+ TITLE="Grammaire typographique",
+ PUBLISHER="Aurel Ramat",
+ ADDRESS="Montr{\'e}al (Qu{\'e}bec)",
+ YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{bringhurst,
+ AUTHOR="Robert Bringhurst",
+ TITLE="{T}he {E}lements of {T}ypographic {S}tyle",
+ PUBLISHER="{H}artley {\&} {M}arks",
+ ADDRESS="Vanvouver, Canada",
+ ISBN="0-88179-133-4 (reli{\'e}), 0-88179-132-6 (pbk)",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR="1992, 1996, 1997, 1999"}
+
+@BOOK{itp,
+ AUTHOR="Esposito, Tony and Callan King, Jean",
+ TITLE="{ITP} {P}ost{S}cript {T}ypeface {L}ibrary",
+ PUBLISHER="{V}an {N}ostrand {R}heinhold",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-442-01491-0",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{tracy,
+ AUTHOR="Tracy, Walter",
+ TITLE="{L}etters of {C}redit -- {A} view of type design",
+ PUBLISHER="{G}ordon {F}raser",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+
+@inproceedings{Hobby82,
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan},
+ title = {Using String Matching to Compress Chinese Characters},
+ booktitle = {Proc. Int'l Conf. of the {C}hinese-Language Computer Society},
+ pages = {56--70},
+ month = sep,
+ year = {1982},
+ note = {Also {\it Stanford Report STAN-CS-82-914.}}
+}
+
+@article{Hobby83,
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan},
+ title = {Using {\MFT} to Design Chinese Characters},
+ journal = {Computer Processing of Chinese \& Oriental Languages},
+ volume = {1},
+ number = {1},
+ pages = {4--23},
+ month = jul,
+ year = {1983}
+}
+
+
+@article{Hobby84,
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan},
+ title = {A {C}hinese meta-font},
+ journal = "{TUGboat}",
+ volume = {5},
+ number = {2},
+ pages = {119--136},
+ month = Nov,
+ year = {1984},
+ note = {Also {\it Stanford Report STAN-CS-83-974\/} and {\it Proc. ICTP'83}, Tokyo, Japan, 1983},
+}
+
+@techreport{Hobby92,
+ title = {A User's manual for {MetaPost}},
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby},
+ institution = {AT\&T Bell Laboratories},
+ address = {Murray Hill, New Jersey},
+ type = {Computing Science Technical Report},
+ number = {no.~162},
+ note="Disponible {\`a} {\url{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html/}}",
+ year = {1992}
+}
+
+@inproceedings{Hobby92a,
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby},
+ title = {Introduction to {MetaPost}},
+ booktitle = {Euro{\TeX} '92 Proceedings},
+ month = sep,
+ year = {1992},
+ pages = {21--36}
+}
+
+@article{Hobby93,
+ author = {John Douglas Hobby},
+ title = {Generating Automatically Tuned Bitmaps from Outlines},
+ journal = {J. Assoc. Comp. Mach.},
+ volume = {40},
+ number = {1},
+ pages = {48--94},
+ year = {1993}
+}
+
+@book{quaresma,
+ author="Quaresma de Almeida, Pedro",
+ title="Introdu{\c{c}\~ao} ao {\LaTeX}",
+ publisher="Escolar Editora",
+ address="Lisboa",
+ year=1996}
+
+@BOOK {ponct-m,
+ TITLE= "La ponctuation ma{\^{\i}}tris{\'e}e",
+ AUTHOR= "Jacquenod, Raymond",
+ PUBLISHER="Marabout",
+ ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique",
+ SERIES="{M}arabout {S}avoirs",
+ NUMBER="8017",
+ ISBN="2-501-01863-X",
+ YEAR= 1993}
+
+@ARTICLE{SAUTER,
+AUTHOR="John Sauter",
+TITLE="Building {C}omputer {M}odern fonts",
+JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+NUMBER = "3",
+MONTH=oct,
+VOLUME="7",
+PAGES="151--152",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+@ARTICLE{ABC,
+AUTHOR="Tobin, Georgia K.M.",
+TITLE="The {ABC}'s of {S}pecial {E}ffects",
+JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+MONTH=apr,
+VOLUME="9",
+NUMBER="1",
+PAGES="15--18",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@ARTICLE{Outline,
+AUTHOR="Doug Henderson",
+TITLE="{O}utline {F}onts with {\MFT}",
+JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+MONTH=apr,
+VOLUME="10",
+NUMBER="1",
+PAGES="36--38",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{LL,
+AUTHOR="Alexey Khodulev and I. Mahovaya",
+TITLE="On {\TeX{}} experience in {MIR} {P}ublishers",
+BOOKTITLE="Proceedings of the 7th {Euro\TeX{}} {C}onference",
+ADDRESS="Prague",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{LH,
+AUTHOR="Olga G. Lapko",
+TITLE="{MAKEFNT} as part of {CurTUG--EM\TeX{}} package",
+BOOKTITLE="Proceedings of the 8th {Euro\TeX{}} {C}onference",
+ADDRESS="Gd{\'a}nsk",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{day,
+AUTHOR="Day, Robert A.",
+TITLE="{H}ow to {W}rite {\&} {P}ublish a {S}cientific {P}aper",
+PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+EDITION="quatri{è}me",
+ISBN="0-521-55136-6",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{ramasu,
+ AUTHOR="Nickalls, Richard W. D. and Ramasubramanian R. and Jahan, F. and Hall R.",
+ TITLE="Interfacing medical equipment to an {IBM PC}",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@ARTICLE{rahtz+afm,
+ AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian",
+ TITLE="{AFM} files for {IBM} {C}ourier",
+ JOURNAL="{UKTeX Digest}",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1992,
+ VOLUME=92,
+ NUMBER=47}
+
+@BOOK{y+bach,
+ AUTHOR="Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel",
+ TITLE="{V}ersuch {\"u}ber die wahre {A}rt das {C}lavier zu spielen. {Z}weyter {T}heil,
+ in welchem die {L}ehre von dem {A}ccompagnement und der freyen {F}antasie abgehandelt wird",
+ ADDRESS="Berlin",
+ PUBLISHER="G. L. Winter",
+ YEAR=1762}
+
+@ARTICLE{y+barthel,
+ AUTHOR="Barthel, Gustav",
+ TITLE="{W}arum deutsche {S}chrift?",
+ JOURNAL="{S}chrift und {S}chreiben",
+ VOLUME={4},
+ PAGES={98--130},
+ YEAR=1934}
+
+@ARTICLE{y+breitkopf,
+ AUTHOR="Breitkopf, Johann Gottlob Immanuel",
+ TITLE="{U}eber {B}uchdruckerey und {B}uchhandel in {L}eipzig",
+ JOURNAL="{J}ournal f{\"u}r {F}abrik, {M}anufaktur und {H}andlung",
+ VOLUME="5",
+ PAGES={1--57},
+ YEAR=1793}
+
+@MISC{y+glaister,
+ AUTHOR="Glaister and Ashall, Geoffrey",
+ TITLE="{G}laister's {G}lossary of the {B}ook",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ YEAR=1960}
+
+@BOOK{y+kiewel,
+ AUTHOR="Kiewel, Albert Eberhard Dietrich and St{\"o}lting, Inghild and
+ Wachtendorf, Heinold",
+ TITLE="{W}ir lesen deutsche {S}chrift",
+ ADDRESS="Hannovre",
+ PUBLISHER="{K}allmeyer'sche {V}erlagsbuchhandlung",
+ YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{y+knebel,
+ AUTHOR="Knebel, P.",
+ TITLE="{S}ammlung der gebr{\"a}uchlisten {S}chriftgattungen",
+ ADDRESS="Landshut",
+ PUBLISHER="{V}erlag der {J}os. {T}homann'schen {B}uchhandlung",
+ YEAR=1870}
+
+@BOOK{y+mulsing,
+ AUTHOR="M{\"u}lsing, Ernst and Schmidt, Alfred",
+ TITLE="{D}uden, {R}echtschreibung der deutschen {S}prache und der {F}remdw{\"o}rter",
+ ADDRESS="Leipzig et Vienne",
+ PUBLISHER="{B}ibliographisches {I}nstitut",
+ YEAR=1919}
+
+@ARTICLE{y+partl,
+ AUTHOR="Partl, Hubert",
+ TITLE="{G}erman {\TeX}",
+ JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+ MONTH=apr,
+ VOLUME="9",
+ NUMBER="1",
+ PAGES="70--72",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{y+stiebner,
+ AUTHOR="Stiebner, Erhardt Helmut Huber and Zahn, Heribert",
+ TITLE="{S}chriften + {Z}eichen",
+ ADDRESS="Munich",
+ PUBLISHER="Bruckmann",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@ARTICLE{y+thormeyer,
+ AUTHOR="Thormeyer, Traugott",
+ TITLE="{H}eraus aus der {S}chriftverelendung{!}",
+ JOURNAL="{S}chrift und {S}chreiben",
+ VOLUME="4",
+ PAGES={131--136},
+ YEAR=1934}
+
+@BOOK{y+updike,
+ AUTHOR="Updike, Daniel Berkeley",
+ TITLE="{P}rinting {T}ypes: {T}heir {H}istory, {F}orms and {U}se",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.",
+ YEAR=1937}
+
+@BOOK{y+walther,
+ AUTHOR="Walther, Karl Klaus",
+ TITLE="{L}exikon der {B}uchkunst und {B}ibliophilie",
+ ADDRESS="Leipzig",
+ PUBLISHER="Bibliographisches Institut",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{y+wikenhauser,
+ AUTHOR="Wikenhauser, Alfred",
+ TITLE="{D}as {E}vangelium nach {J}ohannes",
+ ADDRESS="Regensburg",
+ PUBLISHER="{F}riedrich {P}ustet",
+ YEAR=1948}
+
+@TECHREPORT{StanCS+NBi89,
+ AUTHOR="Neenie Billawala",
+ TITLE="Metamarks: {P}reliminary studies for a pandora's box of shapes",
+ NUMBER="STAN-CS-89-1256",
+ INSTITUTION="Stanford University, Department of Computer Science",
+ ADDRESS="Stanford, California 94305",
+ MONTH=jul,
+ YEAR=1989}
+
+@TECHREPORT{haddad-knuth1985,
+ AUTHOR="Haddad, Ramsey W. and Knuth, Donald E.",
+ TITLE="A {P}rogramming and {P}roblem-{S}olving {S}eminar",
+ NUMBER="STAN-CS-85-1055",
+ INSTITUTION="Stanford University, Department of Computer Science",
+ ADDRESS="Stanford, California 94305",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Stanford+NBi89,
+ AUTHOR="Neenie Billawala",
+ TITLE="{Opening Pandora's Box}",
+ EDITOR="Christina Thiele",
+ BOOKTITLE="1989 {C}onference {P}roceedings",
+ PUBLISHER="{TUG}boat, {\TeX} {U}sers {G}roup",
+ VOLUME="10{\#}4",
+ PAGES="481--489",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{codetypo,
+ AUTHOR="{F{\'e}d{\'e}ration nationale du personnel
+ d'encadrement des industries polygraphique et de la
+ communication}",
+ TITLE="Code typographique -- {C}hoix de r{\`e}gles {\`a}
+ l'usage des auteurs et professionnels du livre",
+ EDITION="quatorzi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{romand,
+ TITLE="Guide du typographe romand -- {R\`e}gles et
+ grammaires typographiques {\`a} l'usage des auteurs,
+ {\'e}diteurs, compositeurs et correcteurs de la langue
+ fran{\c{c}}aise",
+ EDITOR="{Groupe de Lausanne de l'Association suisse
+ des typographes}",
+ EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER="{H\'e}liographia {S.A.}",
+ ADDRESS="route des {D}ragons 4, case postale 900, 1001, {L}ausanne",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@MISC{faqfr,
+ AUTHOR="Kluth, Marie-Paule",
+ TITLE="{FAQ} {\LaTeX} {F}ran{\c{c}}aise",
+ DATE="mensuelle",
+ NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.univ-lyon1.fr/pub/faq/by-name/fr/faq-latex-francaise}}"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{mla,
+ TITLE="{MLA} {H}andbook for {W}riters of {R}esearch {Pa}pers",
+ EDITOR = "Joseph Gibaldi and Walter S. Achtert",
+ EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER="The Modern Language Association of America",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-87352-565-5",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{rubinstein,
+ AUTHOR="Richard Rubinstein",
+ TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography: {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN = "0-201-17633-5",
+ YEAR = 1988}
+
+@BOOK{paput,
+ AUTHOR="Paput, Christian",
+ COMMENT="graveur de poin{\c{c}}ons {\`a}
+ l'imprimerie nationale, en charge de l'ANCT.",
+ TITLE="Vocabulaire des {A}rts graphiques, de la {C}ommunication, de la {PAO}, etc.",
+ PUBLISHER="{TVSO} {\'E}ditions",
+ ADDRESS="21 avenue {\'E}ric {M}orlet, 91320 {W}issous; T{\'e}l. 01 69 53 90 37",
+ ISBN = "9-782950-501523"}
+
+@BOOK{paput98,
+ AUTHOR="Paput, Christian",
+ TITLE="La gravure du poin{\c{c}}on typographique -- {T}he {P}unchcutting",
+ PUBLISHER="TVSO {\'E}ditions",
+ ADDRESS="21 avenue {\'E}ric {M}orlet, 91320 {W}issous; T{\'e}l. 01 69 53 90 37",
+ ISBN="2-950505015-4-0",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{knuth-tax,
+AUTHOR={Donald~E. Knuth},
+TITLE={{T}au {E}psilon {K}hi, a system for technical text},
+PUBLISHER={American Mathetical Society},
+ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940",
+NOTE="Version r{\'e}vis{\'e}e du rapport {STAN-CS-78-675} publi{\'e} {\`a} Stanford en
+septembre 1978",
+YEAR=1979}
+
+@BOOK{hoenig,
+ AUTHOR="Hoenig, Alan J.",
+ TITLE="{\TeX} unbound: {\LaTeX} {\&} {\TeX} strategies for fonts, graphics, {\&} more",
+ PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ EDITION="premi{\`e}re",
+ ISBN="0-19-509685-1 et 0-19-509686-X (pbk.)",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{learning,
+ AUTHOR="David F. Griffiths and Desmond J. Higham",
+ TITLE="Learning {\LaTeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="{S}ociety for {I}ndustrial {\&} {A}pplied {M}athematics",
+ ISBN="0898713838",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{kellerman,
+ AUTHOR="Kellerman and Smith",
+ TITLE="A user's guite to {TEXTURES} -- {P}rofessional typesetting for the
+ {M}acintosh",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-17221-6",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{bryan,
+ AUTHOR="Martin Bryan",
+ TITLE="{\SGML}: an author's guide to the standard generalized markup language",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-17535-5",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{sgml-g,
+ AUTHOR="Charles F. Goldfarb",
+ TITLE="{T}he {\SGML} {H}andbook",
+ PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press},
+ ISBN="0-19-853737-9",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{knuth-sel,
+ AUTHOR="Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography (selected papers)",
+ PUBLISHER = {CSLI Publications},
+ ADDRESS="Stanford, California",
+ XADDRESS="Ventura Hall, Standford University, Stanford, CA 94305",
+ ISBN="1-57586-010-4",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://Sunburn.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/dt.html}}
+ and {\url{http://www.active-tex.demon.co.uk/dek002.html}}",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ BOOKTITLE="{CSLI} {L}ecture {N}otes {Number~78}",
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{swan,
+ AUTHOR="Michael Swan",
+ TITLE="{P}ractical {E}nglish {U}sage",
+ PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press},
+ ISBN="0-19-431186-4",
+ YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{thomson1,
+ AUTHOR="A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet",
+ TITLE="{P}ractical {E}nglish {G}rammar",
+ PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press},
+ ISBN="0-19-863117-9",
+ YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{thomson2,
+ AUTHOR="A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet",
+ TITLE="Grammaire de l'anglais d'aujourd'hui",
+ PUBLISHER = {Presses Pocket},
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{mauger,
+ AUTHOR="G. Mauger",
+ TITLE="Grammaire du fran{\c{c}}ais d'aujourd'hui, langue parl{\'e}e, langue {\'e}crite",
+ PUBLISHER = {Hachette},
+ YEAR=1968}
+
+@BOOK{thomson,
+ AUTHOR="Maurice Grevisse",
+ TITLE="Le bon usage",
+ PUBLISHER = {Duculot},
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-8011-0588-0",
+ YEAR=1980}
+
+@TECHREPORT {kn-web,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "The {WEB} System of Structured Documentation",
+ NUMBER="9",
+ INSTITUTION = "Stanford Computer Science Report",
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@BOOK {graphbase,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ TITLE= "The Stanford {G}raph{B}ase: a platform for combinatorial computing",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ ISBN="0-201-54275-7",
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{levy-WEBC,
+AUTHOR={Silvio Levy},
+TITLE={{WEB} adapted to {C}, another approach},
+JOURNAL={{TUG}boat},
+PAGES = "12--13",
+VOLUME=8,
+NUMBER=1,
+MONTH=apr,
+YEAR={1987}
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{levy-lit,
+AUTHOR={Silvio Levy},
+TITLE={{L}iterate {P}rogramming and {CWEB}},
+JOURNAL={Computer Language},
+VOLUME=10,
+NUMBER=1,
+MONTH=jan,
+YEAR={1993}
+}
+
+@BOOK {qsj-couleur,
+ AUTHOR = "M. D{\'e}rib{\'e}r{\'e}",
+ TITLE = "La couleur",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="220",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ EDITION="huit{\`e}me",
+ YEAR = "1993"
+ }
+
+@PHDTHESIS{andre93,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Cr{\'e}ation de fontes en typographie num{\'e}rique",
+ TYPE="Th{\`e}se d'habilitation {\`a} diriger des recherches",
+ SCHOOL="Universit{\'e} de Rennes~I, IRISA{$+$}IFSIC",
+ MONTH=sep,
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{bechtel,
+ AUTHOR="Guy Bechtel",
+ TITLE="Gutenberg et l'invention de l'imprimerie -- une enqu{ê}te",
+ PUBLISHER="Fayard",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{lucida,
+ AUTHOR = "Charles A. Bigelow and Kris Holmes",
+ TITLE= "{T}he {D}esign of {L}ucida: an {I}tegrated {F}amily of {T}ypes for {E}lectronic
+ {L}iteracy",
+ BOOKTITLE="Text processing and document manipulation",
+ EDITOR="Vliet, J. C. van",
+ PAGES="1--17",
+ PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{chartier,
+ AUTHOR="Roger Chartier and Henri-Jean Martin",
+ TITLE="Histoire de l'{\'e}dition fran{\c{c}}aise",
+ PUBLISHER="Fayard",
+ YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{macchi,
+ AUTHOR="De Macchi, Piero",
+ TITLE="L'avventura {D}idot: caratteri da stampa e nuove technologie",
+ PUBLISHER="Demacchi Progetti Grafici",
+ ADDRESS="Turin",
+ NOTE="En anglais et en italien",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{farin,
+ AUTHOR="Gerald Farin",
+ TITLE="{C}urves and {S}urfaces for {C}omputer {A}ided {G}eometric {D}esign {--} {A} {P}ractical {G}uide",
+ PUBLISHER="Academic Press, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="San Diego, CA",
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{febvre,
+ AUTHOR="Lucien Febvre and Henri-Jean Martin",
+ SERIES="dans la collection {«~}L'{\'e}volution de l'humanit{\'e}{~»}",
+ TITLE="L'apparition du livre",
+ PUBLISHER="Albin Michel",
+ YEAR=1971}
+
+@BOOK{karow87,
+ AUTHOR="Peter Karow",
+ TITLE="{D}igital {F}ormats for {T}ypefaces",
+ PUBLISHER="{URW} {V}erlag",
+ ADDRESS="Hamburg",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@MISC{marshall92,
+ AUTHOR="Alan Marshall",
+ TITLE="Ruptures et continuit{\'e}s dans un changement de syst{\`e}me technique -- le
+ remplacement du plomb par la lumi{\`e}re dans la composition typographique",
+ ADDRESS="Grenoble",
+ NOTE="Th{\`ese}. Parue comme {\emph{Publication interne Irisa}} numéro 638, mars 1992",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{marshall96,
+ AUTHOR="Alan Marshall",
+ TITLE="La {L}umitype photon",
+ PUBLISHER="Mus{\'e}e de l'{I}mprimerie et de la banque",
+ ADDRESS="Lyon",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ruggle,
+ AUTHOR="Lynn Ruggle",
+ TITLE="{L}etterform {D}esign {S}ystems",
+ INSTITUTION="Stanford Unoversity",
+ NUMBER="STAN-CS-83-971",
+ YEAR=1983}
+
+@ARTICLE{seybold91,
+ AUTHOR="Jonathan Seybold",
+ TITLE="Adobe's 'MultiMasters' Technology: Breakthrough in Type {\AE}sthetics",
+ JOURNAL="The Seybold Report on Desktop Publishing",
+ VOLUME=5,
+ NUMBER=7,
+ MONTH="4 " # mar,
+ PAGES="3--7",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{seybold87,
+ AUTHOR="Jonathan Seybold and F. Dressler",
+ TITLE="La micro-{\'e}dition selon {S}eybold",
+ PUBLISHER="Dunod",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{twyman,
+ AUTHOR="Michael Twyman and others",
+ NOTE="Film vid{\'e}o",
+ TITLE="Making type by hand",
+ PUBLISHER="{T}ypographic {\&} {G}raphic {C}ommunication {D}epartment,
+ University of Reading",
+ ADDRESS="Angleterre",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{balagna,
+ AUTHOR="Balagna, Jos{\'e}e",
+ TITLE="L'imprimerie arabe en occident",
+ PUBLISHER="Maisonneuve {\&} Larose",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{syed,
+ AUTHOR="Syed Barakat Ahmad",
+ TITLE="Introduction to {Q}ur'anic {S}cript",
+ PUBLISHER="Curzon Press",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@ARTICLE{jbecker,
+ AUTHOR="Joseph D. Becker",
+ TITLE="{A}rabic {W}ord {P}rocessing",
+ JOURNAL="Communications of the ACM",
+ VOLUME="30",
+ NUMBER="7",
+ PAGES="600--610",
+ YEAR="1987"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{y+faulmann,
+ AUTHOR="Claus Faulmann",
+ TITLE="{D}as {B}uch der {S}chrift, enthaltend die {S}chriftzeichen und {A}lphabete aller {Z}eiten und aller {V\"o}lker des {E}rdkreises.",
+ ADDRESS="Vienne",
+ PUBLISHER="{D}ruck und {V}erlag der kaiserlich-k{\"o}niglichen {H}of- und {S}taatsdruckerei",
+ NOTE="(R{é}impression par Frank Greno, N{\"o}rdlingen, 1985)",
+ YEAR=1880}
+
+@ARTICLE{yannis-berb,
+ AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous",
+ TITLE="Un syst{\`e}me {\TeX} berb{\`e}re",
+ JOURNAL="{\'E}tudes et documents berb{\`e}res",
+ VOLUME=11,
+ PAGES="43--54",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{yannis-arab,
+ AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous",
+ TITLE="Towards the revival of traditional {A}rabic typography{\ldots} through {\TeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the Euro{\TeX}92 conference",
+ ADDRESS="Prague",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{yannis-coran,
+ AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous",
+ TITLE="Typesetting the {H}oly {Qur'\=an}with {\TeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Multilingual Computing
+ (Latin and Arabic script)",
+ ADDRESS="Durham",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{lagally,
+ AUTHOR="Klaus Lagally",
+ TITLE="{Arab\TeX} -- Typesetting Arabic with Vowels and Ligatures",
+ PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the Euro{\TeX}92 conference",
+ ADDRESS="Prague",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{asv-codar,
+ AUTHOR="Ahmed Lakhdar-Ghaxal",
+ TITLE="Caract{\`e}res arabes diacritiques selon l'{ASV-CODAR} (pour imprimer les
+ langues arabes)",
+ PUBLISHER="Institut d'{\'E}tudes et de {R}echerches pour l'{A}rabisation",
+ ADDRESSE="Rabat",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@ARTICLE{mackay-type,
+ AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay",
+ TITLE="Typesetting problem scripts",
+ JOURNAL="{BYTE}",
+ VOLUME=2,
+ NUMBER=11,
+ PAGES="201--218",
+ MONTH=fev,
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+@ARTICLE{mackay-arabic,
+ AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay",
+ TITLE="Setting {A}rabic with a computer",
+ JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}",
+ VOLUME=2,
+ NUMBER=8,
+ PAGES="142--150",
+ MONTH=jan,
+ YEAR=1977}
+
+@ARTICLE{amseuler1989,
+ AUTHOR="Knuth, Donald E. and Zapf, Hermann",
+ TITLE="{\AmS} {E}uler -- {A} {N}ew {T}ypeface for {M}athematics",
+ JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}",
+ VOLUME=20,
+ PAGES="131--157",
+ YEAR=1989}
+
+@ARTICLE{decker-arabic,
+ AUTHOR="Joseph D. Decker",
+ TITLE="{A}rabic word processing",
+ JOURNAL="{Communication of the ACM}",
+ VOLUME=30,
+ PAGES="600--610",
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{meynet,
+ AUTHOR="Roland Meynet",
+ TITLE="L'{\'e}criture arabe en question",
+ PUBLISHER="Dar el-Maghrab {\'E}diteurs",
+ ADDRESS="Beyrouth",
+ YEAR=1971}
+
+@TECHREPORT{iso-31/11,
+ TITLE="Mathematical sign and symbols for use in physical sciences and technology",
+ AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}",
+ NUMBER="ISO 31/11",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@TECHREPORT{iso-31/12,
+ TITLE="Dimensionless parameters",
+ AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}",
+ NUMBER="ISO 31/12",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@TECHREPORT{iso-1000,
+ TITLE="{SI} units and recommandations for the use of their multiples and of certain
+ other units",
+ AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}",
+ NUMBER="ISO 1000",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{SI,
+ TITLE="{L}e {S}yst{\`e}me {I}nternational d'{U}nit{\'e}s",
+ AUTHOR="{Bureau International des Poids et Mesures}",
+ ADDRESS="Pavillon de Breteuil, S{\`e}vres, France",
+ EDITION="sixi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@TECHREPORT{iso-4217,
+ TITLE="Codes for the representation of currencies and funds",
+ NUMBER="ISO 4217",
+ KEY="{ISO 4217}",
+ INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+ YEAR=1982}
+
+@INBOOK{syphy,
+ CHAPTER="{``}Symbols, units and nomenclature in physics{''}",
+ TITLE="CRC Handbook of chemistry and physics",
+ EDITOR="R. C. Weast and M. J. Astle and W. H. Beyer",
+ PUBLISHER="CRC Press Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Boca Raton, Florida",
+ EDITION="{65\,\textsuperscript{e}}",
+ PAGES="F259--F293",
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@ARTICLE {xymtex-1,
+ AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita",
+ TITLE="{\XyMTeX} for drawing chemical structural formulas",
+ JOURNAL="{TUGboat}",
+ VOLUME=16,
+ NUMBER=1,
+ PAGES="81--89",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@ARTICLE{xymtex-2,
+ AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita",
+ TITLE="Typesetting Structural Formulas with the Text
+ Formatter {\TeX/\LaTeX}",
+journal = "Computers \& Chemistry",
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "109",
+ pages = "109--116"
+ }
+
+
+@BOOK{guery-typo,
+ TITLE="Dictionnaire des r{\`e}gles typographiques",
+ AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de {F}ormation et de {P}erfectionnement des {J}ournalistes {{(CFPJ)}}",
+ ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+ ISBN="2-908056-27-5",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ NOTE="Diffusion, distribution: {P}resses universitaires de {F}rance",
+ MONTH=jan,
+ YEAR="2000"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{chatelain,
+ AUTHOR="Roger Chatelain",
+ TITLE="La typo du journaliste",
+ PUBLISHER="Centre de formation des journalistes",
+ ADDRESS="Florimont 1, CH-1006 Lausane, Suisse",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@MISC{porchez,
+ AUTHOR="Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois Porchez",
+ TITLE="Le guide: la typographie {\&} son utilisation",
+ NOTE="Chez l'auteur, 38bis, avenue Augustin-Dumont, F-92240 Malakoff"}
+
+@BOOK{porchez98,
+ EDITOR="Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois Porchez",
+ NOTE="Ouvrage compos{\'e} par Philippe Millot",
+ TITLE="{L}ettres {F}ran{\c{c}}aises",
+ PUBLISHER="{ATypI} et l'adpf (association pour la diffusion de la pens{\'e}e fran{\c{c}}aise) {$\bullet$} (Minist{\`e}re des Affaires
+ {\'e}trang{\`e}res)",
+ ADDRESS="ATypI office: 10 Ridgeway Road, Redhill
+ Surrey,rh1 6ph. Grande Bretagne.
+ {\url{www.atypi.org}}.
+ Adpf: 34 rue {L}a {P\'e}rouse, 75016~Paris",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{attar,
+ AUTHOR="Pierre Attar",
+ TITLE="L'{\'e}dition sur le {Web} -- m{\'e}thode d'utilisation de {\HTML}",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Herm{\`e}s",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-86601-565-7",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK {qsj-typo,
+ AUTHOR = "Letouzey, Victor",
+ TITLE = "La typographie",
+ PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>",
+ NUMBER="1101",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR = "1970"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{glotypo,
+ TITLE="Glossary of Typesetting Terms",
+ AUTHOR="Richard Eckersley and others",
+ PUBLISHER= "University of Chicago Press",
+ YEAR=1994,
+ ISBN="0-226-18371-8",
+ COMMENT="169 pages, en anglais",
+ SERIES="Chicago guides to writing, editing and publishing"
+ }
+
+@Article{Braams+TB15-3-255,
+ author = "Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{Document classes and packages in {\LaTeXe}}}",
+ journal = {TUGboat},
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "255--262",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-2-245,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{The {\tt doc}--option}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "245--273",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Horn+TB12-34-377,
+ author = "Berthold K. P. Horn",
+ title = "{{{\tt dvi} and eps: The ideal author-to-publisher
+ interface?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "377--381",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Spivak+TB10-2-164,
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak and Michael Ballantyne and Yoke Lee",
+ title = "{{HI-{\TeX} cutting \& pasting}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "164--165",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Reid+TB8-3-315,
+ author = "Thomas J. Reid",
+ title = "{{Floating figures at the right, and Some random text
+ for testing}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "315--320",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB12-1-129,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{Typesetting old german: Fraktur, Schwabacher,
+ Gotisch and initials}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "129--138",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB8-2-217,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Reply: Printing out selected pages}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "217--217",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Wonneberger+TB6-3-156,
+ author = "Reinhard Wonneberger",
+ title = "{{Stream lists and related list types for {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "156--157",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Eppstein+TB6-1-31,
+ author = "Eppstein, David B. A.",
+ title = "{{Trees in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "31--35",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Fossmeier+TB12-2-229,
+ author = "Reinhard F{\"{o}}{\ss}meier",
+ title = "{{X bitmaps in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "229--232",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-2-297,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{Reprint: The new font family selection\Dash User
+ interface to standard {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "297--305",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-1-51,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{Comments on ``Filenames for Fonts'' ({\TUB}
+ 11\#4)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "51--53",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Berry+TB11-4-517,
+ author = "Karl Berry",
+ title = "{{Filenames for fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "517--520",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@BOOK{acs-86,
+ TITLE = "The ACS Style Guide",
+ AUTHOR = "Dodd, Janet S.",
+ YEAR = "1986",
+ PUBLISHER = "{American Chemical Society}"
+ }
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{alexander-89,
+ TITLE = "Tib: A {\TeX} bibliographic preprocessor",
+ AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.",
+ YEAR = "1989",
+ NOTE = "Document deposited in electronic archives"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{apa-83,
+ TITLE = "Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association",
+ EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR = "1983",
+ PUBLISHER = "{American Psychological Association}",
+ KEY = "{American Psychological Association}",
+ NOTE = "Obtainable from: American Psychological Association,
+ P. O. Box 2710,
+ Hyattsville, MD 20784"
+ }
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{bennett-93,
+ TITLE = "{Lexi\TeX}: a {\LaTeX} macro package for lawyers",
+ AUTHOR = "Bennett, Jr., Frank G.",
+ YEAR = "1993",
+ NOTE = "Document deposited in electronic archives"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{butcher-92,
+ TITLE = "{C}opy-editing, {T}he {C}ambridge {H}andbook for {E}ditors, {A}uthors and {P}ublishers",
+ AUTHOR = "Judith Butcher",
+ PUBLISHER = "Cambridge University Press",
+ YEAR = "1992",
+ EDITION = "3rd"
+ }
+
+@TECHREPORT{bs-1629,
+ TITLE = "References to Published Materials",
+ INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution",
+ KEY = "British Standards Institution",
+ YEAR = "1989",
+ AUTHOR = "BSI",
+ NUMBER = "1629"
+ }
+
+@TECHREPORT{bs-5605,
+ TITLE = "Citing Publications by Bibliographic References",
+ INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution",
+ KEY = "British Standards Institution",
+ YEAR = "1978",
+ AUTHOR = "BSI",
+ NUMBER = "5605"
+ }
+
+@TECHREPORT{bs-6371,
+ TITLE = "Citation of Unpublished Documents",
+ INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution",
+ KEY = "British Standards Institution",
+ YEAR = "1983",
+ AUTHOR = "BSI",
+ NUMBER = "6371"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{harvard-law,
+ TITLE = "The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation",
+ PUBLISHER = "{Harvard Law Review Association}",
+ KEY = "Harvard Law Review Association",
+ YEAR = "1991",
+ EDITION = "15th",
+ NOTE = "Obtainable from: Harvard Law Review Association,
+ 1511 Massachusetts Avenue,
+ Cambridge,
+ Massachusetts 02138"
+ }
+
+@BOOK{mhra-91,
+ TITLE = "MHRA Style Book",
+ PUBLISHER = "{Modern Humanities Research Association}",
+ KEY = "Modern Humanities Research Association",
+ YEAR = "1991",
+ EDITION = "4th"
+ }
+
+@TECHREPORT{iso-690,
+KEY="{ISO-960}",
+ TITLE = "Documentation --- Bibliographic references --- Content, form
+ and structure",
+ INSTITUTION = "International Organization for Standardization",
+ YEAR = "1987",
+ TYPE = "ISO",
+ NUMBER = "690"
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{stigleman-93,
+ AUTHOR = "Sue Stigleman",
+ TITLE = "Bibliography formatting software: an update",
+ JOURNAL = "Database",
+ YEAR = "1993",
+ MONTH = feb,
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{vancouver-91,
+ AUTHOR = "{International Committee of Medical Journal Editors}",
+ TITLE = "Uniform requirements for manuscripts submitted to biomedical
+ journals",
+ JOURNAL = "British Medical Journal",
+ VOLUME = "302",
+ YEAR = "1991",
+ MONTH = feb,
+ PAGES = "338--341",
+ NOTE = "This article was also published in the {\it New England
+ Journal of Medicine} (7th February 1991) --- it specifies the
+ ``Vancouver style'' for manuscript-preparation, which is accepted
+ by over 400 journals."
+ }
+
+@BOOK{dewey,
+ TITLE="Classification d{\'e}cimale de {D}ewey et Index",
+ AUTHOR="Melvil Dewey",
+ NOTE= "{\'E}dition interm{\'e}diaire",
+ ADDRESS= "Montr{\'e}al",
+ PUBLISHER="ASTED",
+ YEAR=1994,
+ ISBN="2-921548-11-9"}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{dewey-ab,
+ TITLE="Abr{\'e}g{\'e} de la classification d{\'e}cimale de Dewey",
+ AUTHOR="Annie B{\'e}thery",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ NOTE = "{\'E}dition enti{\`e}rement refondue et compl{\'e}t{\'e}e",
+ PUBLISHER="Cercle de la librairie",
+ YEAR=1982,
+ BOOKTITLE="{C}ollection {B}iblioth{\`e}ques",
+ ISBN="2-7654-0296-5"}
+
+@book{typo+tschichold+selected,
+ author = {Jan Tschichold},
+ title = {Ausgew{\"a}hlte Aufs{\"a}tze {\"u}ber Fragen der Gestalt des
+ Buches und der Typographie},
+ publisher = {Birkh\"auser},
+ address = {Basel},
+ year = 1975,
+ isbn = {3-7643-1946-1},
+ note = {Une seconde {\'e}dition, inchang{\'e}e, est parue en~1987.},
+ library = {},
+ annote = {A collection of his ``classic'' papers. The best book on
+ typographic principles read so far. A definitive `{\it
+ must\/}' for everyone interested in typography, book design,
+ or typesetting.}
+}
+
+@article{typo+blostein+music,
+ author = {Dorothea Blostein},
+ title = {Justification of Printed Music},
+ journal = cacm,
+ volume = 34,
+ number = 3,
+ month = mar,
+ year = 1991,
+ pages = {88-99},
+ annote = {Presents problems and solutions of the task to create a
+ correct spacing while setting notes. The proposed method also
+ takes the temporal relationship of notes into account.
+ Handles two-dimensional layout, e.g., staffs and texts.}
+}
+
+@book{zapf+sammlung,
+ key="zapf",
+ title="{S}ammling {H}ermann {Z}apf",
+ publisher="Herzog August Bibliothek",
+ address="{Wolfenb{\"u}ttel}",
+ year=1993}
+
+@book{typo+sta+zapf,
+ key="zapf",
+ title = {Herman Zapf and his Design Philosophy},
+ publisher = {Society of Typographic Arts},
+ address = {Chicago},
+ year = 1987,
+ isbn = {0-941447-00-6},
+ note = {},
+ library = {},
+ annote = {A valuable book. A chapter on his work around \MFT{} is
+ included. Was among the most beautiful books of the year.}
+}
+
+@BOOK{zapf1970a,
+ AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann",
+ TITLE="{A}bout {A}lphabets: {S}ome {M}arginal {N}otes on {T}ype {D}esign",
+ PUBLISHER="M.I.T. Press",
+ ADDRESS="Cambridge, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR=1970}
+
+
+@Article{Cameron+TB6-3-155,
+ author = "A. G. W. Cameron",
+ title = "{{Wiggly lines}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "155--155",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@BOOK{calvet1996,
+ author= "Calvet, Louis-Jean",
+ title= "Histoire de l'{\'e}criture",
+ publisher="Plon",
+ ISBN="2-259-02726-1",
+ year=1996}
+
+@BOOK{calvet1999,
+ author= "Calvet, Louis-Jean",
+ title= "Histoire de l'{\'e}criture",
+ publisher="Hachette Litt{\'e}ratures",
+ address="74, rue Bonaparte, Paris",
+ ISBN="2-01-278943-9",
+ ISSN="0296-2063",
+ note="R{\'e-\'e}dition de {\cite{calvet1996}}, {\copyright~Plon}",
+ year=1999}
+
+@Article{Spivak+TB1-1-10,
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak",
+ title = "{{{\AmSTeX}\Dash``A very friendly product''}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1980",
+ volume = "1",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "10--11",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB1-1-17,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1980",
+ volume = "1",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "17--19",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB2-1-11,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{Erratum: The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "11--11",
+ month = Feb,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB2-1-12,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} Font Metric files}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "12--16",
+ month = Feb,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB2-2-12,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files, Version I}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "12--16",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Liang+TB2-2-19,
+ AUTHOR={Franklin Mark Liang},
+ title = "{{{\TeX} and hyphenation}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "19--20",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Sherrod+TB2-1-17,
+ author = "Phil Sherrod and Alan Wright",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} support programs}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "17--19",
+ month = Feb,
+}
+
+@Article{Spivak+TB2-2-50,
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak",
+ title = "{{Macro madness}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "50--54",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB2-3-8,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{The format of PXL files}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "8--12",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB2-3-23,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{A {\TUB} tour: Excerpts from the {\TeX}nician's
+ log}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "23--25",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Plass+TB2-3-39,
+ author = "Michael F. Plass",
+ title = "{{Charting your grammar with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "39--56",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Nichols+TB2-3-57,
+ author = "Monte Nichols and Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{Chemical notation using {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "57--58",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Sannella+TB2-3-66,
+ author = "Michael Sannella",
+ title = "{{Formatting a book with {\TeX}: Experiences and
+ observations}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1981",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "66--74",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB3-2-14,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{The format of \TeX's DVI files}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1982",
+ volume = "3",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "14--19",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB3-2-34,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{Some \TeX\ programming hacks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1982",
+ volume = "3",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "34",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Maus+TB7-1-41,
+ author = "Maus, D. and Baker, B.",
+ title = "{DVILASER/PS} extensions to {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "41--47",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Blanford+TB3-2-38,
+ author = "Mark Blanford",
+ title = "{{Paragraphs in tables}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1982",
+ volume = "3",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "38",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Spivak+TB4-1-4,
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak",
+ title = "{{Users' Course in \AmSTeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "4",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB4-1-6,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{\TeX hax summary}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "6",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Tobin+TB4-1-26,
+ author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin",
+ title = "{{Computer calligraphy}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "26",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB4-1-35,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{How to build a {\tt\bs strut}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "35",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB4-2-64,
+ AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{A note on hyphenation}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "64",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB4-2-65,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{\TeX\ vs.\ INI\TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "65",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{MacKay+TB4-2-76,
+ AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay",
+ title = "{{\TeX\ for Arabic script}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "76",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Spivak+TB4-2-103,
+ author = "Michael D. Spivak",
+ title = "{{Summary of \AmSTeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1983",
+ volume = "4",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "103",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB5-1-4,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth.",
+ title = "{{\TeX\ incunabula}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "4",
+ month = Mai,
+}
+
+@Article{Canzii+TB5-1-14,
+ author = "G. Canzii and F. Genolini and Dario Lucarella",
+ title = "{{Hyphenation of Italian words}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "14",
+ month = Mai,
+}
+
+@Article{Fuchs+TB5-1-22,
+ author = "David Fuchs",
+ title = "{{News from the \TeX\ Project}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "22",
+ month = Mai,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB5-1-67,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth.",
+ title = "{{Comments on quality in publishing}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "67",
+ month = Mai,
+}
+
+@Article{Southall+TB5-2-79,
+ author = "Richard Southall",
+ title = "{{First principles of typographic design for document
+ production}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "79",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB5-2-105,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth.",
+ title = "{{A course on \MFT\ programming}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "105--118",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Rokicki+TB5-2-139,
+ author = "Tomas Rokicki",
+ title = "{{{\tt\char`\\special}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "139",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Clark+TB5-2-146,
+ author = "Malcolm Clark",
+ title = "{{Mathematical communication with a deaf and blind
+ student using \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1984",
+ volume = "5",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "146",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Southall+TB6-1-6,
+ author = "Richard Southall",
+ title = "{{First principles of typographic design for document
+ production: Corrigenda}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "6--6",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB6-1-36,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Recipes and fractions}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "36--38",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB6-2-59,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for
+ distribution}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "59--63",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Hendrickson+TB6-2-83,
+ author = "Amy Hendrickson",
+ title = "{{Some diagonal line hacks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "83--86",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Rokicki+TB6-3-115,
+ author = "Tomas Rokicki",
+ title = "{{Packed ({\tt PK}) font file format}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "115--120",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB6-3-124,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for
+ distribution (revised)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "124--128",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB6-3-150,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{The {\tt PLAIN} truth: {\tt\bs buildrel}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "150--150",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB6-3-150,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{Announcement of {\LaTeX} Version 2.09}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "150--151",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB7-1-11,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{\LaTeX} input to {ACM} journals}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "11--11",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Leban+TB6-3-151,
+ author = "Bruce Leban",
+ title = "{{A solution to the tower of Hanoi problem using
+ {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "151--154",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB7-1-15,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{\LaTeX\ News}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "15--16",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB7-1-18,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{The PLAIN truth: {\tt\bs displaylines}, {\tt\bs
+ ialign}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "18--19",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB7-2-93-2,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{{\sl Computers \& Typesetting\/} coming out
+ party}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "93--93",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Gordon+TB7-2-93,
+ author = "Peter Gordon",
+ title = "{{Introducing Donald Knuth and {\sl Computers \&
+ Typesetting}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "93--95",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB7-2-95,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Remarks to celebrate the publication of {\sl
+ Computers \& Typesetting}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "95--98",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB7-2-101,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{The \TeX\ logo in various fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "101--102",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Alexander+TB7-3-138,
+ AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.",
+ title = "{{Tib: a reference setting package for \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "138--140",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Rokicki+TB7-3-140,
+ author = "Tomas Rokicki",
+ title = "{{Packed file format update}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "140--144",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Bigelow+TB7-3-146,
+ author = "Charles A. Bigelow",
+ title = "{{Notes on typeface protection}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "146--151",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB7-3-176,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{\LaTeX\ bugs}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "176--176",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Aurbach+TB7-3-187,
+ author = "Richard L. Aurbach",
+ title = "{{Idx\TeX\ and Glo\TeX\dash indexes and glossaries}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "187--187",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Sewell+TB7-3-188,
+ author = "E. Wayne Sewell",
+ title = "{{Bugs in \MFT ware}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "188--189",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB8-1-12,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{\TeX\ Output for the Future}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "12--12",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB8-1-14,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth and Pierre A. MacKay",
+ title = "{{Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right
+ texts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "14--25",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Tobin+TB8-1-26,
+ author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin",
+ title = "{{Some empirical observations on \MFT\ design}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "26--28",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Billawala+TB8-1-29,
+ author = "Neenie Billawala",
+ title = "{{Write-white printing engines and tuning fonts with
+ \MFT}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "29--32",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB8-1-33,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{\MFT\ mode\_def\/ settings for various \TeX\ output
+ devices}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "33--33",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Alexander+TB8-2-102,
+ AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.",
+ title = "{{Tib: a reference setting package, update}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "102--102",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Appelt+TB8-2-182,
+ author = "Wolfgang Appelt",
+ title = "{{Macros with keyword parameters}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "182--184",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Bruggemann-Klein+TB8-2-193,
+ author = "Anne Br{\"{u}}ggemann-Klein",
+ title = "{{First line special handling with \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "193--197",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Alexander+TB8-2-216,
+ AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.",
+ title = "{{Time line macro}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "216--216",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Henderson+TB8-3-268,
+ author = "Doug Henderson",
+ title = "{{Update: \MFT\ {\bf mode\_def\/} settings for \TeX\
+ output devices}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "268--270",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Clark+TB8-3-270,
+ author = "Adrian F. Clark",
+ title = "{{Halftone output from \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "270--274",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Clark+TB12-1-157,
+ author = "Adrian F. Clark",
+ title = "Practical halftoning with {\TeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "157--165"
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB8-3-279,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{\TeX\ output devices (with charts)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "279--286",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB8-3-309,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Macros for Jill}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "309--314",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Lamport+TB9-1-8,
+ author = "Leslie Michel Lamport",
+ title = "{{Document Production: Visual or Logical?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "8--10",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Messer+TB9-1-19,
+ author = "Robert Messer",
+ title = "{{Blackboard Bold}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "19--20",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Levy+TB9-1-20,
+ author = "Silvio Levy",
+ title = "{{Using Greek fonts with \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "20--24",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB9-1-25,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} output devices (with charts)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "25--33",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Walker+TB9-1-61,
+ author = "James W. Walker",
+ title = "{{Macros for outlining}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "61--64",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Hendrickson+TB9-1-64,
+ author = "Amy Hendrickson",
+ title = "{{A macro writing tool: Generating new definitions}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "64--64",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Gariepy+TB9-1-65,
+ author = "Alonzo Gariepy",
+ title = "{{French in \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "65--69",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Yap+TB9-1-73,
+ author = "Ken Yap",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 4th
+ February 1988}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "73--75",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB9-1-76,
+ author = "Jackie Damrau",
+ title = "{{The \LaTeX{} user's column}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "76--77",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{McPherson+TB9-1-78,
+ author = "Kent McPherson",
+ title = "{{Page layout in \LaTeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "78--82",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Bartlett+TB9-1-83,
+ author = "Frederick H. Bartlett",
+ title = "{{Automatic page balancing macros wanted; Replies:
+ Inverted pyramidal titles; Logarithmic time scales}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "83--85",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Barnhart+TB9-2-118,
+ author = "Elizabeth Barnhart",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} in the publishing environment: A survey of
+ production/commercial users}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "118--120",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Beeton+TB9-2-121-2,
+ author = "Barbara Beeton",
+ title = "{{New version(s) of \TeX{} and \MFT}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "121--122",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Childs+TB9-2-122,
+ author = "Bart Childs",
+ title = "{{64-bit \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "122--122",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Lichtenwalder+TB9-2-123,
+ author = "Klaus Lichtenwalder",
+ title = "{{Porting \TeX{} to C}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "123--124",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Kennedy+TB9-2-124,
+ author = "David Kennedy",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} adapted to CWEB}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "124--125",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Vanderburg+TB9-2-125,
+ author = "Glenn Vanderburg",
+ title = "{{Some useful variations of standard fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "125--125",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Childs+TB9-2-129,
+ author = "Bart Childs",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} fonts and suggested magnifications}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "129--131",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Wujastyk+TB9-2-131,
+ author = "Dominik Wujastyk",
+ title = "{{The many faces of \TeX: A survey of digital {\manual
+ META}fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "131--151",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB9-2-152,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{A Punk Meta-Font}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "152--168",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB9-2-169,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{\TeX{} output devices (with charts)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "169--177",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Haagen+TB9-2-189,
+ author = "A. J. Van Haagen",
+ title = "{{Box plots and scatter plots with \TeX{} macros}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "189--192",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Wichura+TB9-2-193,
+ author = "Michael J. Wichura",
+ title = "{{\PiCTeX: Macros for drawing \PiC tures}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "193--197",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{McPherson+TB9-2-204,
+ author = "Kent McPherson",
+ title = "{{Page layout in \LaTeX: Erratum}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "204--204",
+ month = Aug,
+}
+
+@Article{McKinstry+TB9-3-236,
+ author = "Graeme McKinstry",
+ title = "{{Some typesetting conventions}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "236--238",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Kneser+TB9-3-279,
+ author = "Thomas Kneser",
+ title = "{{Compact matrix display}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "279--284",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Appelt+TB9-3-284,
+ author = "Wolfgang Appelt",
+ title = "{{Typesetting chess}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "284--287",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB9-3-298,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{A new implementation of the array-- and
+ tabular--environments}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "298--314",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB10-1-8,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} would find it difficult {\dots}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "8--8",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB10-1-25,
+ AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.",
+ title = "{{The {\TeX} {\PS} software package}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "25--27",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Tobin+TB10-1-28,
+ author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin",
+ title = "{{A handy little font}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "28--30",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB10-1-31,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Typesetting {\sl Concrete Mathematics\/}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "31--36",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Wujastyk+TB10-1-39,
+ author = "Dominik Wujastyk",
+ title = "{{Font news}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "39--39",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Rogers+TB10-1-39,
+ author = "David F. Rogers",
+ title = "{{Computer graphics and {\TeX}\Dash a challenge}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "39--44",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Childs+TB10-1-44,
+ author = "Bart Childs and Alan Stolleis and Don Berryman",
+ title = "{{A portable graphics inclusion}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "44--46",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB10-1-46,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} output devices (with charts)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "46--55",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{``A new implementation of the array-- and
+ tabular--environments of {\LaTeX}'' ({\TUB} 9\#3)\Dash
+ addenda}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "103--104",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Schopf+TB10-1-105,
+ author = "Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{Drawing histogram bars inside the {\LaTeX}
+ picture--environment}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "105--107",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-2-222,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{A new font selection scheme for {\TeX} macro
+ packages\Dash the basic macros}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "222--238",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Nagy+TB10-2-239,
+ author = "Dezs\H o Nagy",
+ title = "{{A bar chart in {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "239--240",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Partl+TB10-2-241,
+ author = "Hubert Partl",
+ title = "{{Producing on-line information files with
+ {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "241--244",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB10-3-342,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} and latin alphabet languages}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "342--345",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Parker+TB10-3-346,
+ author = "Mike Parker",
+ title = "{{Fonts and {\PS}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "346--350",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Larsson+TB10-3-351,
+ author = "Jan Eric Larsson",
+ title = "{{A chess font for {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "351--351",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Andulem+TB10-3-352,
+ author = "Abass Andulem",
+ title = "{{The road to Ethiopic {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "352--354",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB10-3-354,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull",
+ title = "{{Typesetting modern Greek with 128 character
+ codes}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "354--359",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Durst+TB10-3-390,
+ author = "Lincoln Durst",
+ title = "{{Bibliographic citations; or variations on the old
+ shell game}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "390--394",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB10-3-394,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Macros for indexing and table-of-contents
+ preparation}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "394--400",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Bush+TB10-3-400,
+ author = "Terry Bush",
+ title = "{{Scribe-to-\TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "400--400",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-3-400,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{Towards {\LaTeX} 2.10}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "400--401",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Braams+TB10-3-401,
+ author = "Johannes Braams and Victor E{\ij}khout and Nico
+ Poppelier",
+ title = "{{The development of national {\LaTeX} styles}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "401--406",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-3-416,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{An extension of the {\LaTeX} theorem environment}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "416--426",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Henderson+TB10-4-467,
+ author = "Doug Henderson",
+ title = "{{Introduction to {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "467--479",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB10-4-499,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{Design of Oriental characters with {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "499--502",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Batzinger+TB10-4-503,
+ author = "Bob Batzinger",
+ title = "{{Thai languages and {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "503--503",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Youngen+TB10-4-513,
+ author = "R. E. Youngen and W. B. Woolf and D. C. Latterner",
+ title = "{{Migration from Computer Modern fonts to Times
+ fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "513--519",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Conrad+TB10-4-521,
+ author = "Arvin C. Conrad",
+ title = "{{Fine typesetting with {\TeX} using native Autologic
+ fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "521--528",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB10-4-529,
+ author = "Donald~E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{The errors of {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "529--531",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Ferguson+TB11-1-8,
+ author = "Michael J. Ferguson",
+ title = "{{Coordination of non-English use of {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "8--9",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Breitenlohner+TB11-1-9,
+ author = "Peter Breitenlohner",
+ title = "{{Using {\TeX} 3 in a multilingual environment\Dash
+ Some ideas}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "9--12",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Kuiken+TB11-1-24,
+ author = "Gerard Kuiken",
+ title = "{{Additional Hyphenation Patterns}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "24--25",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB11-1-26,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{Typesetting modern Greek\Dash An update}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "26--26",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB11-1-51,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{Unusual Paragraph Shapes}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "51--53",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Wichura+TB11-1-57,
+ author = "Michael J. Wichura",
+ title = "{{Showing-off math macros}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "57--61",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB11-1-69,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques. Part I:
+ Introduction and examples}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "69--85",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB11-1-86,
+ author = "Laan, C. G. van der",
+ title = "{{Announcing two reports: {\SGML}-{\LaTeX} and Journal
+ style guidelines}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "86--86",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan97,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title="{T}iling in {P}ost{S}cript and {\MFT} {--} {E}scher's wink",
+ journal = {MAPS},
+ volume=19,
+ number=2,
+ pages="39--67",
+ year=1997}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-1-91,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{The new font family selection\Dash User interface to
+ standard {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "91--97",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB11-1-98,
+ author = "Nico Poppelier and Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{A style option to adapt the standard {\LaTeX}
+ document styles to A4 paper}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "98--103",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Kelly+TB11-1-103,
+ author = "Hamilton Kelly, Brian",
+ title = "{{Some macros to draw crosswords}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "103--119",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Berendt+TB11-2-190,
+ author = "Gerhard Berendt",
+ title = "{{On the implementation of graphics into {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "190--194",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Schwer+TB11-2-194,
+ author = "Len Schwer",
+ title = "{{Including Macintosh graphics in {\LaTeX}
+ documents}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "194--200",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Pickrell+TB11-2-200,
+ author = "Lee S. Pickrell",
+ title = "{{Combining graphics with {\TeX} on PC systems with
+ laser printers, part II}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "200--206",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB11-2-212,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques. Part II:
+ output routines techniques}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "212--236",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Jeffrey+TB11-2-237,
+ author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+ title = "{{Lists in {\TeX}'s mouth}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "237--245",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB11-2-245,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{A nestable verbatim mode}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "245--249",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Denk+TB11-2-280,
+ author = "Georg Denk",
+ title = "{{An easy way to make slides with {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "280--283",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Schopf+TB11-2-284,
+ author = "Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf",
+ title = "{{A new implementation of the {\LaTeX} {\tt verbatim}
+ and {\tt verbatim*} environments}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "284--296",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-3-337,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{E-{\TeX}: Guidelines for future {\TeX} extensions}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "337--345",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Hamano+TB11-3-346,
+ author = "Hisato Hamano",
+ title = "{{Vertical typesetting with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "346--352",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Beck+TB11-3-373,
+ author = "Micah Beck and A. Siegel",
+ title = "{{TransFig: Portable graphics for {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "373--380",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Gibson+TB11-3-393,
+ author = "Helen Gibson",
+ title = "{{A noddy's guide to high quality {\TeX}
+ production}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "393--402",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Adams+TB11-3-403,
+ author = "Robert A. Adams",
+ title = "{{Problems on the {\TeX}/{\PS}/graphics interface}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "403--408",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB11-3-409,
+ AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} in practice: Comments on a 4-volume,
+ 1400-page series on {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "409--412",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{LaFrenz+TB11-3-413,
+ author = "Mimi L. LaFrenz",
+ title = "{{Textbook publishing\Dash 1990 and beyond}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "413--416",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Ness+TB11-3-417,
+ author = "David Ness",
+ title = "{{Diagnosing {\TeX} errors with a preprocessor}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "417--420",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-3-444,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX} 2.10}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "444--444",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Jeffrey+TB12-2-227,
+ author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+ title = "{{Labelled diagrams in {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "227--229",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Schrod+TB12-2-232,
+ author = "Joachim Schrod",
+ title = "{{Report on the {\tt DVI} Driver Standard}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "232--233",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB12-2-253,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{The structure of the {\TeX} processor}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "253--256",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB12-2-272,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{Oral {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "272--276",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Swonk+TB12-2-286,
+ author = "Glenn L. Swonk",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX} tree drawer}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "286--289",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Thimbleby+TB12-2-290,
+ author = "Harold Thimbleby",
+ title = "{{``See also'' indexing with Makeindex}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "290--290",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Braams+TB12-2-291,
+ author = "Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use
+ with {\LaTeX}'s standard document styles}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "291--301",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Vesely+TB12-2-302,
+ author = "Ji\v{r}\'{\i} Vesel{\'{y}}",
+ title = "{{Reporting {\TeX}'s hyphenations}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "302--302",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Petrycki+TB12-34-359,
+ author = "Laurie J. Petrycki",
+ title = "{{Comparing {\TeX} and traditional typesetting for the
+ composition of a textbook}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "359--366",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Ratner+TB12-34-372,
+ author = "Howard Ratner and Kenneth Dreyhaupt",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} in a book production department}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "372--376",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+
+@Article{Weiss+TB12-34-382,
+ author = "Neil A. Weiss",
+ title = "{{Producing a book using {\TeX}: How the process
+ works}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "382--386",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Rhoads+TB12-34-387,
+ author = "Samuel E. Rhoads",
+ title = "{{Authors new to {\TeX} publish a textbook with a
+ publisher new to {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "387--392",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoover+TB12-34-397,
+ author = "Anita Z. Hoover",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX}/{\TeX} user: A typist, or typesetter?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "397--400",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Sperberg-McQueen+TB12-34-415,
+ author = "C. M. Sperberg-McQueen",
+ title = "{{Specifying document structure: Differences in
+ {\LaTeX} and TEI markup}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "415--421",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Arnon+TB12-34-479,
+ author = "Dennis S. Arnon and Sandra A. Mamrak",
+ title = "{{On the logical structure of mathematical
+ notation}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "479--484",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Downes+TB12-34-502,
+ author = "Michael John Downes",
+ title = "{{Dialog with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "502--509",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+ title = "{{Typesetting forms with {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "517--522",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB13-2-146,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Arrows for Technical Drawings}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "146--149",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Levin+TB13-2-150,
+ author = "Daniel Levin",
+ title = "{{A solution to the color separation problem}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "150--155",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB13-2-156,
+ author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca",
+ title = "{{A style option for rotated objects in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "156--180",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Jones+TB13-2-188,
+ author = "David M. Jones",
+ title = "{{A {\TeX} macro index}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "188--189",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-2-190,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{Where does this character come from?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "190--190",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Huszar+TB13-2-192,
+ author = "P{\'{e}}ter Husz{\'{a}}r",
+ title = "{{Over the multi-column}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "192--200",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Luvisetto+TB13-2-208,
+ author = "Maria Luisa Luvisetto and Enzo Ugolini",
+ title = "{{From {\TeX} to {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "208--214",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Wang+TB14-3-231,
+ author = "Xinxin Wang and Derick Wood",
+ title = "{{An abstract model for tables}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "231--237",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Lavaud+TB14-3-238,
+ author = "Michel Lavaud",
+ title = "{{Developing a multi-windowing environment for
+ research based on \TeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "238--244",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Kawaguti+TB14-3-245,
+ author = "Minato Kawaguti",
+ title = "{{A versatile {\TeX} device driver}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "245--251",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Feruglio+TB14-3-252,
+ author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio and Robert Fuster",
+ title = "{{Typesetting Catalan texts with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "252--259",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB14-3-260,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{The Khmer script tamed by the Lion (of {\TeX})}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "260--270",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Plaice+TB14-3-271,
+ author = "John Plaice",
+ title = "{{Language-dependent ligatures}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "271--274",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Doob+TB14-3-275,
+ author = "Michael Doob and Craig Platt",
+ title = "{{Virtual fonts in a production environment}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "275--281",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Horn+TB14-3-282,
+ author = "Berthold K. P. Horn",
+ title = "{{Where are the math fonts?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "282--284",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Jeffrey+TB14-3-285,
+ author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+ title = "{{A {\PS} font installation package written in
+ {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "285--292",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Jeffrey+TB14-3-293,
+ author = "Jeffrey, Alan {(\'editeur)}",
+ title = "{{Math font encodings: a workshop summary}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "293--295",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Bzyl+TB14-3-296,
+ author = "W{\l}odek Bzyl and Tomasz Przechlewski",
+ title = "{{An application of literate programming: creating a
+ format for the Bulletin of the Polish TUG}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "296--299",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Fine+TB14-3-300,
+ author = "Jonathan Fine",
+ title = "{{Galleys, space, and automata}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "300--309",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB14-3-310,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title = "{{Syntactic sugar}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "310--318",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB14-3-319,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title = "{{Sorting within {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "319--328",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Dyson+TB14-3-329,
+ author = "Mary Dyson",
+ title = "{{Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot
+ Project}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "329--332",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Gorbunova+TB14-3-333,
+ author = "Irina V. Gorbunova",
+ title = "{{Russian-speaking user: from Chi-Writer and Ventura
+ Publisher to {\TeX}; learning difficulties}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "333--334",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Reese+TB14-3-335,
+ author = "R. Allan Reese",
+ title = "{{How to set up and maintain a {\TeX} system}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "335--341",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Greenwade+TB14-3-342,
+ author = "George D. Greenwade",
+ title = "{{The Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network (\CTAN)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "342--351",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Clark+TB14-4-374,
+ author = "Malcolm Clark",
+ title = "{{{Next\TeX}: A personal view}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "374--380",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB14-4-381,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{{\NTS} update}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "381--382",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Becker+TB14-4-382,
+ author = "Thomas Becker",
+ title = "{{Two extensions to GNU Emacs that are useful when
+ editing {\TeX} documents}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "382--386",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB14-4-387,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "{{Icons for {\TeX} and {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "387--389",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+TB8-2-135,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "Fonts for {D}igital {H}alftones",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = 1987,
+ volume = 8,
+ number = 2,
+ pages = "135--160",
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+ACMTG+1987,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "{D}igital halftones by dot diffusion",
+ journal = "{ACM} {T}ransactions on {G}raphics",
+ volume = 6,
+ pages = "245--273",
+ year = 1987}
+
+@Article{Liebl+TB14-4-390,
+ author = "Armin Liebl",
+ title = "{{bibview: A graphical user interface to {\BibTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "390--395",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Carmody+TB14-4-420,
+ author = "Kevin Carmody",
+ title = "{{A tough table becomes easy with {\PiCTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "420--420",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Aslaksen+TB14-4-423,
+ author = "Helmer Aslaksen",
+ title = "{{Ten {\TeX} tricks for the mathematician}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "423--424",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB14-4-424,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{The bag of tricks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "424--424",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Rhead+TB14-4-425,
+ author = "David Rhead",
+ title = "{{The ``operational requirement'' for support of
+ bibliographies}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "425--433",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Bland+TB14-4-433,
+ author = "Richard Bland",
+ title = "{{Relative moves in {\LaTeX}\ pictures}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "433--437",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+ author = "Donald Arseneau and Raymond Chen and Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{The {\TeX} hierarchy}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "7--9",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-9,
+ author = "Claudio Beccari",
+ title = "{{Typesetting of ancient languages}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "9--16",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-17,
+ author = "Claudio Beccari",
+ title = "{{Comments on the paper ``Typesetting Catalan texts
+ with {\TeX}'' (\tubissue 14(3), pp. 252--259)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "17--17",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Feruglio+TB15-1-17,
+ author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio and Robert Fuster",
+ title = "{{Comments on the comments: Typesetting Catalan texts
+ with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "17--18",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB15-1-18,
+ author = "Nico Poppelier",
+ title = "{{George Gr\"atzer, {\it Math into {\TeX}}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "18--19",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Pappas+TB15-1-19,
+ author = "T. L. (Frank) Pappas",
+ title = "{{Stephan von Bechtolsheim, {\it {\TeX} in
+ Practice}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "19--21",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-21,
+ author = "Claudio Beccari",
+ title = "{{Gianni Gilardi, {\it Il {\TeX}\dash Introduzione al
+ linguaggio e complementi avanzati}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "21--22",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Sawdey+TB15-1-22,
+ author = "Merry Obrecht Sawdey",
+ title = "{{Erik Spiekermann \& E. M. Ginger, {\it Stop Stealing
+ Sheep}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "22--24",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB15-1-24,
+ author = "Nico Poppelier",
+ title = "{{Eric van Herw{\ij}nen, {\it Practical {\SGML}}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "24--25",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Detig+TB15-1-25,
+ author = "Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod",
+ title = "{{Donald E. Knuth, {\it Literate Programming}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "25--27",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-28,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques, Part IV:
+ Horizontal techniques}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "28--40",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-40,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Verbatim copying and listing}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "40--54",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB15-1-55,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{The bag of tricks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "55--57",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Meer+TB15-1-57,
+ author = "Meer, Hans van der",
+ title = "{{Random bit generator in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "57--58",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-59,
+ author = "David Salomon and Matthew N. Hendryx",
+ title = "{{Slanted lines with controlled thickness}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "59--62",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Fine+TB15-1-62,
+ author = "Jonathan Fine",
+ title = "{{On indexing and errors}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "62--62",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Rowley+TB15-1-63,
+ author = "Chris A. Rowley",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeXe} update, dateline: 31 January 1994}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "63",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Rhead+TB15-1-64,
+ author = "David Rhead",
+ title = "{{Addenda: A suggested ``operational requirement'' for
+ \LaTeX3's treatment of bibliographic references
+ (\tubissue 14(4), pp.\ 425-433)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "64--65",
+ month = Mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Goossens+TB15-2-92,
+ author = "Michel Goossens",
+ title = "{{WEPT: A Week on Electronic Publishing and
+ Typography}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "92--95",
+ issn= "0896--3207",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoenig+TB15-2-97,
+ author = "Hoenig, Alan J.",
+ title = "{{$\{$Meta$\}$Font Forum redux}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "97--97",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Ramasubramanian+TB15-2-98,
+ author = "R. Ramasubramanian and Richard W. D. Nickalls and M. A.
+ Reed",
+ title = "{{{ASCII.sty}: A new style-option and encoded font
+ with {IBM} graphics control characters for use with
+ {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "98--103",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoenig+TB15-2-107,
+ author = "Hoenig, Alan J.",
+ title = "{{Next{\TeX}: {\TeX} plus the NextStep Operating
+ System}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "107--109",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Downes+TB15-2-110,
+ author = "Michael John Downes",
+ title = "{{Interaction tools: {\tt dialog.sty} and {\tt
+ menus.sty}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "110--130",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Gaulle+TB15-2-131,
+ author = "Bernard Gaulle",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX} V3: philology \& typography, reports to
+ read, reports to do}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "131--131",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Beccari+TB15-2-131,
+ author = "Claudio Beccari",
+ title = "{{Tough table becomes easy with {\PiCTeX}, but it's
+ even easier with {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "131--132",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Anagnostopolous+TB15-2-132,
+ author = "Paul Anagnostopolous",
+ title = "{{On the review of {\it {\TeX} in Practice}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "132--182",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-199,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{Humanist}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "199--199",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Malyshev+TB15-3-200,
+ author = "Basil Malyshev",
+ title = "{{Automatic conversion of {\MFT} fonts to Type1
+ {\PS}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "200--200",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Hafner+TB15-3-201,
+ author = "James L. Hafner",
+ title = "{{The (pre)history of color in Rokicki's {\tt
+ dvips}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "201--204",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Rokicki+TB15-3-205,
+ author = "Tomas Rokicki",
+ title = "{{Advanced `special' support in a dvi driver}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "205--212",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Duggan+TB15-3-213,
+ author = "Angus Duggan",
+ title = "{{Colour separation and {\PS}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "213--217",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB15-3-218,
+ author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Michel Goossens",
+ title = "{{Simple colour design with {\LaTeXe}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "218--222",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Sowa+TB15-3-223,
+ author = "Friedhelm Sowa",
+ title = "{{Printing colour pictures}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "223--337",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Sofka+TB15-3-228,
+ author = "Michael D. Sofka",
+ title = "{{Color book production using {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "228--238",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Zandt+TB15-3-239,
+ author = "Zandt, Timothy van and Denis Girou",
+ title = "{{Inside PSTricks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "239--246",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Stenerson+TB15-3-247,
+ author = "Jon Stenerson",
+ title = "{{A {\LaTeX} style file generator}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "247--254",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Jeffrey+TB15-3-263,
+ author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+ title = "{{{\PS} font support in {\LaTeXe}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "263--268",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Patashnik+TB15-3-269,
+ author = "Oren Patashnik",
+ title = "{{{\BibTeX} 1.0}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "269--273",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{MacKay+TB15-3-274,
+ author = "Pierre A. MacKay",
+ title = "{{A typesetter's toolkit}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "274--284",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Barnett+TB15-3-285,
+ author = "Michael P. Barnett and Kevin R. Perry",
+ title = "{{Symbolic computation for electronic publishing}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "285--292",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Kawaguti+TB15-3-293,
+ author = "Minato Kawaguti and Norio Kitajima",
+ title = "{{Concurrent use of interactive {\TeX} previewer with
+ an Emacs-type Editor}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "293--300",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-301,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{An Indic {\TeX} preprocessor\Dash Sinhalese
+ {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "301--301",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Doumont+TB15-3-302,
+ author = "Jean-Luc Doumont",
+ title = "{{Pascal pretty-printing: an example of
+ ``preprocessing within {\TeX}''}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "302--307",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Schrod+TB15-3-309,
+ author = "Joachim Schrod",
+ title = "{{Towards interactivity for {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "309--317",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Rowley+TB15-3-318,
+ author = "Chris A. Rowley and Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{The floating world}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "318--318",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Hosek+TB15-3-319,
+ author = "Don Hosek",
+ title = "{{Sophisticated page layout with {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "319--319",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Plaice+TB15-3-320,
+ author = "John Plaice",
+ title = "{{Progress in the Omega project}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "320--324",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Ogawa+TB15-3-325,
+ author = "Arthur Ogawa",
+ title = "{{Object-oriented programming, descriptive markup, and
+ {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "325--330",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Baxter+TB15-3-331,
+ author = "William Erik Baxter",
+ title = "{{An object-oriented programming system in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "331--338",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Walsh+TB15-3-339,
+ author = "Norman Walsh",
+ title = "{{A World Wide Web interface to {\CTAN}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "339--343",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-344,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice",
+ title = "{{First applications of $\Omega$: Adobe Poetica,
+ Arabic, Greek, Khmer}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "344--352",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB15-3-353,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{$\varepsilon$-{\TeX} \& {\NTS}: A progress
+ report}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "353--358",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Laugier+TB15-3-359,
+ author = "Maurice Laugier and Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} innovations by the Louis-Jean Printing
+ House}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "359--359",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Downes+TB15-3-360,
+ author = "Michael John Downes",
+ title = "{{Design by template in a production macro package}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "360--368",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoenig+TB15-3-369,
+ author = "Hoenig, Alan J.",
+ title = "{{Less is More: Restricting {\TeX}'s scope enables
+ complex page layouts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "369--380",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Fine+TB15-3-381,
+ author = "Jonathan Fine",
+ title = "{{Documents, compuscripts, programs and macros}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "381--385",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Grobelnik+TB15-3-386,
+ author = "Marko Grobelnik and Dunja Mladeni\c{c} and Darko
+ Zupani\c{c} and Borut \v{Z}nidar",
+ title = "{{Integrated system for encyclopaedia typesetting
+ based on {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "386--387",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Baragar+TB15-3-388,
+ author = "Henry Baragar and Gail E. Harris",
+ title = "{{An example of a special purpose input language to
+ {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "388--396",
+ month = Sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Goossens+TB15-4-427,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahz and Barbara
+ Beeton",
+ title = "{{The TUG94 Proceedings\Dash Apologia}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "427--428",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Bolland+TB15-4-429,
+ author = "Julita Bolland and Toni Walter and W{\l}odek Bzyl",
+ title = "{{Euro{\TeX}94}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "429--433",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB15-4-434,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{Minutes of the {\NTS} meeting held at Lindau on October
+ 11/12th 1994}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "434--437",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Laugier+TB15-4-438,
+ author = "Maurice Laugier and Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} innovations at the Louis-Jean printing
+ house}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "438--443",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{MacKay+TB15-4-444,
+ author = "Pierre A. MacKay",
+ title = "{{Recycled {\MFT}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "444--446",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB15-4-447,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{\it Indica}, an Indic preprocessor for {\TeX}: A
+ Sinhalese {\TeX} system}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "447--458",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Olsak+TB15-4-459,
+ author = "Petr Ol{\v{s}}{\'{a}}k",
+ title = "{{The EAN barcodes by {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "459--464",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB15-4-464,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{An open letter to the TUG Board}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "464--465",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Feruglio+TB15-4-466,
+ author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio",
+ title = "{{Typesetting commutative diagrams}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "466--484",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Eijkhout+TB15-4-485,
+ author = "Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ title = "{{The bag of tricks}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "485--405",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Richer+TB15-4-486,
+ author = "Jacques Richer",
+ title = "{{A {\TeX} autostereogram generator}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "486--492",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Fossmeier+TB15-4-492,
+ author = "Reinhard F{\"{o}}{\ss}meier",
+ title = "{{Stereographic pictures using {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "492--495",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Braams+TB15-4-496,
+ author = "Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{To reset or not to reset}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "496--497",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Goossens+TB16-2-103,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Janne Saarela",
+ title = "{{A practical introduction to {\SGML}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "103--145",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Flynn+TB16-2-146,
+ author = "Peter Flynn",
+ title = "{{{{\HTML}} \& {\TeX}: Making them sweat}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "146--150",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Granger+TB16-2-151,
+ author = "Geeti Granger",
+ title = "{{The inside story of life at {W}iley with {\SGML},
+ {\LaTeX} and {A}crobat}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "151--154",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Doyle+TB16-2-154,
+ author = "Mark D. Doyle",
+ title = "{{The {L}os {A}lamos e-print archives: {H}yper{\TeX}
+ in action}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "154--159",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Schwarzkopf+TB16-2-159,
+ author = "Otfried Schwarzkopf",
+ title = "{{The Hyperlatex story}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "159--162",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB16-2-162,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous and Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX}, hypertext and {\PDF}, {\it or} the entry
+ of {\TeX} into the world of hypertext}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "162--173",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Goossens+TB16-2-174,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Janne Saarela",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} to {{\HTML}} and back}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "174--214",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Piska+TB17-2-92,
+ author = "Karel P\'{\i}{\v{s}}ka",
+ title = "{{{Cyrillic} alphabets}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "92--98",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Knappen+TB17-2-99,
+ author = "J{{\"{o}}}rg Knappen",
+ title = "{{{The} {\textsf{dc}} fonts 1.3: {Move} towards
+ stability and completeness}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "99--101",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Rei+TB17-2-102,
+ author = "Fukui Rei",
+ title = "{{{\textsf{TIPA}}: {A} system for processing phonetic
+ symbols in {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "102--114",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-115,
+ author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov",
+ title = "{{{Computer Modern Typefaces} as {Multiple Master
+ Fonts}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "115--119",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-120,
+ author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov",
+ title = "{{{\sl VFComb} 1.3\Dash the program which simplifies
+ virtual font management}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "120--125",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB17-2-126,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{$\Omega$}{Times} and {$\Omega$}{Helvetica} fonts
+ under development: {Step One}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "126--146",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Kinch+TB17-2-147,
+ author = "Richard J. Kinch",
+ title = "{{Extending {\TeX} for {Unicode}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "147--160",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Znamenskaya+TB17-2-161,
+ author = "L. N. Znamenskaya and Sergei V. Znamenskii",
+ title = "{{{Russian} encoding plurality problem and a new
+ {Cyrillic} font set}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "161--165",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Ovchenkov+TB17-2-166,
+ author = "Peter A. Ovchenkov",
+ title = "{{{Cyrillic} {\TeX} files: interplatform
+ portability}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "166--171",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Vinogradov+TB17-2-172,
+ author = "Michael M. Vinogradov",
+ title = "{{{A} user-friendly multi-function {\TeX} interface
+ based on {Multi}-{Edit}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "172--174",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Lapko+TB17-2-174,
+ author = "Olga G. Lapko",
+ title = "{{Full {Cyrillic}: {How} many languages?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "174--180",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Plaice+TB17-2-181,
+ author = "John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{{The} latest developments in {$\Omega$}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "181--183",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Langmyhr+TB17-2-184,
+ author = "Dag Langmyhr",
+ title = "{{{Star}{\TeX}\Dash a {\TeX} for beginners}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "184--190",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Feruglio+TB17-2-191,
+ author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio",
+ title = "{{{Do} journals honor {\LaTeX} submissions?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "191--199",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Znamenskii+TB17-2-200,
+ author = "Sergei V. Znamenskii and Denis E. Leinartas",
+ title = "{{{A} new approach to the {\TeX}-related programs: {A}
+ user-friendly interface}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "200--203",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Vsesvetsky+TB17-2-204,
+ author = "Ivan G. Vsesvetsky",
+ title = "{{{The} strait gate to {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "204--205",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Siebenmann+TB17-2-206,
+ author = "Laurent Siebenmann",
+ title = "{{{DVI}-based electronic publication}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "206--214",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB17-2-215,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title = "{{{BLUe}'s format\Dash the off-off alternative}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "215--221",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB17-2-222,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title = "{{{Turtle} graphics and {\TeX}\Dash a child can do
+ it}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "222--228",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-229,
+ author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov and Olga A. Grineva and S. B. Turtia",
+ title = "{{{Some} useful macros which extend the {\LaTeX} {\tt
+ picture} environment}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "229--232",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Cameron+TB13-2-215,
+ author = "Peter J. Cameron",
+ title = "{{Geometric diagrams in {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "215--216",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Wonneberger+TB13-2-221,
+ author = "Reinhard Wonneberger and Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{{\SGML}\Dash Questions and answers}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "221--223",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Barr+TB13-2-223,
+ author = "Michael Barr",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} wish list}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "223--226",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Clark+TB13-3-253,
+ author = "Malcolm Clark",
+ title = "{{Portable graphics in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "253--260",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Baldwin+TB13-3-272,
+ author = "Harry L. {Baldwin, Jr.}",
+ title = "{{Using a high-level language as an aid in writing
+ {\TeX} documents}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "272--280",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+
+@Article{Laan+TB13-3-309,
+ author = "Laan, Walter van der and Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{Writing reports with more than a hundred people}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "309--314",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB13-3-315,
+ author = "Jackie Damrau",
+ title = "{{Discovering graphics in {\LaTeX} documents}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "315--321",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Harris+TB13-3-322,
+ author = "Robert L. Harris",
+ title = "{{Preparing halftones for use in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "322--326",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Salomon+TB13-3-327,
+ author = "David Salomon",
+ title = "{{Creating shaded rectangles with {\PS}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "327--329",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Weiss+TB13-3-330,
+ author = "Neil A. Weiss",
+ title = "{{Creation and incorporation of {\PS} graphics with
+ {\TeX}-formatted labels into {\TeX} documents}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "330--334",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Knuutila+TB13-3-335,
+ author = "Timo Knuutila",
+ title = "{{How to combine multiple languages, {\PS}, and
+ {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "335--340",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Hafner+TB13-3-347,
+ author = "James L. Hafner",
+ title = "{{Foil{\TeX}, a {\LaTeX}-like system for typesetting
+ foils}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "347--356",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Rowley+TB13-3-390,
+ author = "Chris A. Rowley",
+ title = "{{{\LaTeX}3 update}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "390--391",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Palais+TB13-4-425,
+ author = "Richard Palais",
+ title = "{{Moving a fixed point}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "425--432",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB13-4-433,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{The future of {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "433--442",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Kelly+TB13-4-443,
+ author = "Nickolas J. Kelly and Christian H. Bischof",
+ title = "{{XBib{\TeX} and friends}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "443--446",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Chapman+TB13-4-447,
+ author = "Nigel Chapman",
+ title = "{{Searching in a DVI file}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "447--451",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Haralambous+TB13-4-457,
+ author = "Yannis Haralambous",
+ title = "{{Hyphenation patterns for ancient Greek and Latin}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "457--469",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Zubrinic+TB13-4-470,
+ author = "Darko \v{Z}ubrini{\'{c}}",
+ title = "{{The exotic Croatian Glagolitic alphabet}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "470--471",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB13-4-477,
+ author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca",
+ title = "{{Addendum: A style option for rotated objects in
+ {\TeX} (\tubissue 13(2), pp. 156--180)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "477--477",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Seyfarth+TB13-4-478,
+ author = "Ray Seyfarth",
+ title = "{{Diag: a drawing preprocessor for {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "478--485",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-4-493,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{{Where does this character come from? Solution to the
+ puzzle, \tubissue 13(2), p.190}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "493--493",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Piff+TB13-4-516,
+ author = "Mike Piff",
+ title = "{{Correction sheets in {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "516--518",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Piff+TB13-4-518,
+ author = "Mike Piff",
+ title = "{{Text merges in {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "518--523",
+ month = Dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Wong+TB14-1-8,
+ author = "Wai Wong",
+ title = "{{Typesetting Chinese {\it pinyin} using virtual
+ fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "8--11",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Comenetz+TB14-1-25,
+ author = "Daniel Comenetz",
+ title = "{{Anchored figures at either margin}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "25--34",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Fine+TB14-1-35,
+ author = "Jonathan Fine",
+ title = "{{The {\tt\char`\\CASE} and {\tt\char`\\FIND}
+ macros}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "35--39",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Saludes+TB14-1-40,
+ author = "Jordi Saludes",
+ title = "{{Doing astronomical computations with {\TeX}: Making
+ agendas}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "40--53",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB14-1-54,
+ author = "Laan, Kees van der",
+ title = "{{FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "54--60",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Braams+TB14-1-60,
+ author = "Johannes Braams",
+ title = "{{An update on the {\sf babel} system}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "60--62",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{RafalZbikowski+TB14-1-62,
+ author = "Rafa{\l}\.Zbikowski",
+ title = "{{Hacker's Guide to {\AmS}Fonts and NFSS in the
+ Context of {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "62--69",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Knappen+TB14-2-104,
+ author = "J{\"{o}}rg Knappen",
+ title = "{{Fonts for Africa: the fc-fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "104--106",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB14-2-107,
+ author = "Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "{{Implementing the extended {\TeX} layout using PS
+ fonts}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "107--117",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Cohen+TB14-2-118,
+ author = "Michael Cohen",
+ title = "{{Zebrackets: a pseudo-dynamic contextually adaptive
+ font}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "118--122",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB14-2-132,
+ author = "Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "{{Essential NFSS2}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "132--137",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB14-2-138,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{A pragmatic approach to paragraphs}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "138--140",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Durst+TB14-2-141,
+ author = "Lincoln Durst",
+ title = "{{Truth in indexing}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "141--141",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Taylor+TB14-2-141,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{{Letterspacing in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "141--145",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Tailor+TB17-4-367,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{Computer typesetting or electronic publishing? New trends in scientific
+ publication}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "367--381",
+}
+
+
+@Article{Bennett+TB14-3-187,
+ author = "Frank G. {Bennett, Jr.}",
+ title = "{{{\LexiTeX}: context-sensitive legal citations for
+ {\LaTeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "187--195",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Taupin+TB14-3-196,
+ author = "Daniel Taupin",
+ title = "{{Using {\TeX} and {\MFT} to build complicated
+ maps}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "196--202",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Taupin+TB14-3-203,
+ author = "Daniel Taupin",
+ title = "{{Music{\TeX}: Using {\TeX} to write polyphonic or
+ instrumental music}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "203--211",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Siebenmann+TB14-3-212,
+ author = "Laurent Siebenmann",
+ title = "{{A format compilation framework for European
+ languages}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "212--221",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Bryan+TB14-3-223,
+ author = "Martin Bryan",
+ title = "{{A {\TeX} user's guide to ISO's Document Style
+ Semantics and Specification Language (DSSSL)}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "223--226",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Flynn+TB14-3-227,
+ author = "Peter Flynn",
+ title = "{{{\TeX} and {\SGML}: a recipe for disaster?}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "227--230",
+ month = Oct,
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Knuth-lp1,
+author="Donald E. Knuth",
+title="Literate Programming",
+month=may,
+year=1992,
+ISBN="0-937073-81-4",
+note="Leland Stanford University CLSI (Center for the Study of Language
+and Information)",
+List="\$32",
+journal="Lecture Notes",
+volume="27"
+}
+
+@BOOK{dirtyp,
+author="Donald E. Knuth",
+title="{\TeX} and {\MFT}: {N}ew {D}irections in {T}ypesetting",
+publisher="The {A}merican {M}athematical {S}ociety and {D}igital {P}ress",
+address = "Billerica, MA",
+year=1979,
+ pages = "360",
+ LCCN = "Z253.3 .K58 1979",
+ bibdate = "Tue May 12 10:13:36 1998",
+ bibsource = "Graphics/imager/imager.books.bib,
+ Graphics/siggraph/79.bib,
+ ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/siggraph/new/79.bib",
+ annote = "A landmark book at the time it was published. Newer
+ versions exist. Less than portable as claimed, but
+ still significant. Required reading for anyone doing
+ font design and type setting.",
+ keywords = "general references, standards text books, software,
+ programming systems, character display/generation,
+ Applications, printing/publishing industry, general
+ references, standards text books and software,
+ programming systems, character display/generation and
+ Applications, printing/publishing industry",
+ISBN="0-932376-02-9"}
+
+@BOOK{edmac,
+author="John Lavagnino and Dominik Wujastyk",
+title="{C}ritical {E}dition {T}ypesetting: {T}he {EDMAC} format for plain {\TeX}",
+publisher="{\TeX} {U}ser {G}roup and {UK} {\TeX} {U}ser {G}roup",
+address="San Francisco and Birmingham",
+year=1996}
+
+@BOOK {fournier1,
+ AUTHOR = "Fournier le jeune, Pierre-Simon",
+ TITLE = "Manuel Typographique",
+ YEAR = 1995,
+ PUBLISHER = "Darmstadt",
+ ISBN="3-88607-094-8",
+ NOTE="Une traduction en anglais du texte par Harry Carter. Avec une introduction et
+ des notes par James Mosley. En trois volumes:
+ {\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Manuel typographique, 1764;
+ \item Manuel typographique, 1766;
+ \item Fournier on Typefounding, 1930.
+ \end{enumerate}}",
+ }
+
+@BOOK{orthotypo,
+ TITLE="Orthotypogtaphia [Leipzig, 1608]",
+ AUTHOR="Hornschuch, J{\'e}r{\^o}me",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des Cendres",
+ ADDRESS="8, rue des Cendriers, 75020 Paris",
+ ISBN="2-86742-077-6",
+ NOTE="Traduit du latin par Susan Baddeley, traduction fran{\c{c}}aise de Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois
+ Gilmont",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{digtypo,
+ TITLE="Digital Typography Sourcebook",
+ AUTHOR="Bryan, Martin",
+ PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0 471 14811-13",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{sgml-impl,
+ TITLE="The SGML Implementation Guide -- A Blueprint for SGML Migration",
+ AUTHOR="Travis, Brian E. and Waldt, Dale C.",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ ISBN="3-540-57730-0",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{dyn-doc,
+ TITLE="Dynamics in document design",
+ AUTHOR="Schriver, Karen A.",
+ PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-471-30636-3",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{ps-acro-pdf,
+ TITLE="PostScript {\&} Acrobat/PDF",
+ AUTHOR="Merz, Thomas",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ ISBN="3-540-60854-0",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{web-pdf,
+ TITLE="{W}eb {P}ublishing with {A}crobat/{PDF}",
+ AUTHOR="Merz, Thomas",
+ ADDRESS="Berlin",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ ISBN="3-540-63762-1",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{cavanaugh1998,
+ AUTHOR="Sean Cavanaugh",
+ title="{D}igital {T}ype {D}esign {G}uide: {T}he {P}age {D}esigner's {G}uide to {W}orking
+ with {T}ype, includes over 200 fabulous {F}onts {F}ree for {M}acintish and {W}indows",
+ address="Indianapolis, Indiane",
+ publisher="Hayden Books",
+ ISBN="1-56830-190-1",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{cavanaugh,
+ AUTHOR="Sean Cavanaugh",
+ NOTE="Traduction de~{\cite{cavanaugh1998}} par Daniel Prout",
+ TITLE="Les Polices de caract{\`e}res, la typographie
+ {\`a} la port{\'e}e de tous les graphistes",
+ PUBLISHER="Simon {\&} Schuster, Macmillan",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@article {asaeins,
+author = "{ASAE}",
+title = "Instructions to Authors of {ASAE} Technical Publications",
+journal = "Transactions of the {ASAE}",
+year = "1990",
+volume = "33",
+number = "4",
+}
+
+@BOOK{briscoe,
+author="Briscoe, Mary Helen",
+title="Preparing Scientific Illustrations",
+publisher="Springer Verlag",
+address="New York",
+isbn="0-387-94581-4",
+year=1996}
+
+@BOOK{faudouas-ig,
+AUTHOR="Jean-Claude Faudouas",
+TITLE="Dictionnaire technique des industries graphiques,
+anglais/fran{\c{c}}ais et fran{\c{c}}ais/anglais",
+PUBLISHER="La Maison du dictionnaire",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+XADDRESS="(se trouve dans la galerie marchande a cote de
+de la Coupole, Paris, Metro Vavin)",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{damourette,
+AUTHOR="Damourette, Jean",
+TITLE="Trait{\'e} moderne de ponctuation",
+PUBLISHER="Larousse",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1969}
+
+@BOOK{colignon-ponct,
+AUTHOR="Colignon, Jean-Pierre",
+TITLE="Un point c'est tout! La ponctuation efficace",
+
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}",
+ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{typo-gram,
+AUTHOR="Denis, Jules",
+TITLE="Grammaire typographique",
+PUBLISHER="Georges Thone",
+ADDRESS="Li{\`e}ge",
+YEAR=1952}
+
+@BOOK{estival,
+AUTHOR="Estival, Robert and Meyriat, Jean and Richaudeau Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+TITLE="Les sciences de l'{\'e}crit. Encyclop{\'e}die internationale de bibliologie",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{vivin,
+AUTHOR="Vivin, Paul",
+TITLE="Les langues {\'e}trang{\`e}res. Abr{\'e}g{\'e} des r{\`e}gles de composition {\`a}
+l'usage des typographes",
+PUBLISHER="Institut national des jeunes sourds",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1975}
+
+@BOOK{Ada,
+AUTHOR="Barnes, John Gilbert Presslie",
+TITLE="Programming in Ada plus language reference manual",
+YEAR=1991,
+PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ISBN="0-201-56530-0"}
+
+@BOOK{manneville,
+AUTHOR="Manneville, Paul",
+TITLE="D{\'e}buter en {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}",
+ISBN="2-7298-5709-5",
+PUBLISHER="Ellipses",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{doc-entreprise,
+AUTHOR="Bonnefons, Nicole and Boutitie, Nicolas and Dubois, Catherine and Durand-Gasselin, St{\'e}phanie and Keruel, Yves",
+TITLE="Cr{\'e}er les documents d'entreprise en micro-{\'e}dition, de la conception {\`a} la
+r{\'e}alisation",
+PUBLISHER="Bordas",
+SERIES="Collection {BO-PR{\'E}}",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+ISBN="2-04-018715-4",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{desktop,
+AUTHOR="Hartnell, Tim",
+TITLE="Desktop publishing: the book",
+PUBLISHER="Interface publications",
+ADDRESS="London",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{desktop-az,
+AUTHOR="Grout, Bill and Athanasopoulos, Irene and Kutlin, Rebecca",
+TITLE="Desktop publishing from {A} to {Z}",
+PUBLISHER="Mc Graw Kill",
+ADDRESS="Berkeley U.S.A.",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{doc-effi,
+AUTHOR="Bojin, Jacques and Dunand, Marcel",
+TITLE="Documents et expos{\'e}s efficaces",
+PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions d'{O}rganisation",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{ecrire-agir,
+AUTHOR="Marret, Annick and Simonet, Ren{\'e}e and Salzer, Jacques",
+TITLE="{\'E}crire pour agir",
+PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions d'{O}rganisation",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{dob,
+AUTHOR="Dobiecki, Bernard",
+TITLE="Guide pratique pour communiquer par l'{\'e}crit",
+PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions ouvri{\`e}res",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{prat-imp,
+AUTHOR="Arcival, D. and Jouannaux, B. and Piart, M.",
+TITLE="Guide pratique des techniques de l'imprimante",
+PUBLISHER="{AFNOR}",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{auger,
+AUTHOR="Auger, Daniel",
+TITLE="La typographie",
+PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{timbal,
+AUTHOR="Timbal-Ducleaux, Louis",
+TITLE="L'{\'e}|criture cr{\'e}ative",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{ed-bureau,
+AUTHOR="Lamoitier, Jean-Pierre",
+TITLE="L'{\'e}dition de bureau",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {\'E}dimicro",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{bertin,
+AUTHOR="Bertin, Jacques",
+TITLE="Le graphique et le traitement graphique de l'information",
+PUBLISHER="Flammarion",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1977}
+
+@BOOK{richaudeau3,
+AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+TITLE="Les secrets de la communication efficace",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz-{CEPL}",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1975}
+
+@BOOK{lehnisch,
+AUTHOR="Lehnisch, Jean-Pierre",
+TITLE="La communication dans l'entreprise",
+PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{desktop-art,
+AUTHOR="Bove, Tony and Rhodes, Cherryl and Tomas, Wes",
+TITLE="The art of desktop publishing",
+PUBLISHER="Bantam Computer Books",
+ADDRESS="U.S.A.",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{redon,
+AUTHOR="Redon, Lionel",
+TITLE="Pour mieux communiquer dans l'entreprise",
+PUBLISHER="{Y}tern {\'E}ditions",
+ADDRESS="St Didier au Mont d'Or (69370)",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+
+@BOOK{calvet-sigles,
+AUTHOR="Calvet, Louis-Jean",
+TITLE="Les {S}igles",
+PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{morison,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+TITLE="Les Premiers Principes de la typographie",
+NOTE="Traduction depuis l'anglais de{~\cite{morison1936}} et pr{\'e}sentation de Fernand Baudin",
+PUBLISHER="J{\'e}r{\^o}me Millon",
+ADDRESS="Grenoble",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{peignot,
+AUTHOR="Peignot, J{\'e}r{\^o}me",
+TITLE="De l'{\'e}criture {\`a} la typographie",
+PUBLISHER="Gallimard",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1967}
+
+@BOOK{richaudeau+chose,
+AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+TITLE="La {L}ettre et l'{E}sprit, {V}ers 279 une typographie logique",
+PUBLISHER="Plan{\`e}te",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1965}
+
+@BOOK{suret,
+AUTHOR="Suret-Canale, Nadine",
+TITLE="L'{I}ndispensable pour les polices de caract{\`e}res",
+PUBLISHER="Marabout",
+ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{wodon,
+AUTHOR="Wodon, Bernard and L'Hoest, Christian",
+TITLE="Itin{\'e}raire pour la publication",
+PUBLISHER="Ciaco",
+ADDRESS="Bruxelles",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{hart,
+AUTHOR="Hart, Horace",
+TITLE="Hart's Rules for Compositors and Readers at the University Press Oxford",
+EDITION="trente neuvi{\`e}me",
+PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+NOTE="Premi{\`e}re publication en 1893.",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@MISC{mini-abb,
+KEY="Oxford University Press",
+TITLE="Oxford Minidictionary of Abbreviations",
+PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{world-measure,
+AUTHOR="{T}he Economist Newspaper Ldt.",
+TITLE="{W}orld {M}easurement {G}uide ({T}he)",
+EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+PUBLISHER="{T}he {E}conomist {N}ewspaper {L}dt.",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{xindy,
+AUTHOR="Kehr, Roger",
+TITLE="{\xindy}, {E}in {F}lexibles {I}ndexierungssystem",
+PUBLISHER="Studienarbeit FB Informatik",
+ADDRESS="Technische Hochschule Darmstadt",
+MONTH=nov,
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{sutherland,
+EDITOR="Sutherland, Kathryn",
+TITLE="{E}lectronic {Text}: {I}nvestigations in {M}ethod and
+{T}heory",
+PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+ISBN="0-19-823663-8",
+MONTH=jan,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@TECHREPORT{mki3,
+AUTHOR="Schrod, Joachim and Herr, Gabor",
+TITLE="{M}ake{I}ndex {V}ersion 3.0",
+INSTITUTION="Technical University Darmstadt",
+YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{zapf-darmstadt,
+AUTHOR="Technische Hochschule Darmstadt",
+TITLE="{H}ermann {Z}apf: {E}in {A}rbeitsbericht",
+ADDRESS="Hamburg",
+PUBLISHER="Maximilian-Gesellschaft",
+YEAR=1984}
+
+@MISC{grfguide,
+ AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle",
+ TITLE="Packages in the {\texttt{graphics}} bundle",
+ NOTE="Documente les paquetages {\textsf{graphics}, \textsf{graphicx}, \textsf{lscape}
+ et \textsf{color}}.
+ Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}, {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/packages/graphics/grfguide.ps}}"}
+
+@MISC{psfgguide,
+ AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle and Grant, Michael C.",
+ TITLE="The {PS}frag system, version 3",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/psfrag/psgguide.ps}}"}
+
+@MISC{fancyhdr,
+ AUTHOR="Oostrum, {Piet van}",
+ TITLE="Page headers and footers in {\LaTeX}",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{subfigure,
+ AUTHOR="Cochran, Steven Douglas",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{subfigure}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/subfigure/subfigure.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{ifthen,
+ AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{ifthen}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/base/ifthen.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{afterpage,
+ AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{afterpage}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/packages/tools/afterpage.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{caption2,
+ AUTHOR="Sommerfeldt, Harald Axel",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{caption}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/caption/caption2.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{rotating,
+ AUTHOR="Barroca, Leonor",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{rotating}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating/rotating.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{fancybox,
+ AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van",
+ TITLE="Documentation for fancybox.sty",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/graphics/pstricks/origdoc/fancybox.doc}}"}
+
+@MISC{placeins,
+ AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{placeins}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/placeins.sty}}"}
+
+@TECHREPORT{flafter,
+ year=2000,
+ month="jul",
+ Institution="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team",
+ AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach",
+ TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{flafter}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/unpacked/flafter.sty}}"}
+
+@MISC{morefloats,
+ AUTHOR="Don Hosek",
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{morefloats}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty}}"}
+
+@MISC{endfloat,
+ AUTHOR="Darrell McCauley, James and Goldberg, Jeff",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1995,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{rotating}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/endfloat.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{fontname,
+ AUTHOR="Karl Berry",
+ TITLE="Fontname",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/tex-archive/info/fontname.zip}}"}
+
+
+@MISC{reckdahl,
+ AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith",
+ TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/info/epslatex.ps}} et
+ {\url{CTAN/info/epslatex.pdf}}"}
+
+@ARTICLE{reckdahl1996a,
+ AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith",
+ TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe} documents, part~1:
+ The {\texttt{graphics}} and {\texttt{graphicx}} packages",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = {1996},
+ volume = {17},
+ number = {1},
+ pages = {43--53}
+ }
+
+@ARTICLE{reckdahl1996b,
+ AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith",
+ TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe} documents, part~2:
+ Floating figures, boxed figures, captions, and math in figures",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = {1996},
+ volume = {17},
+ number = {3},
+ pages = {288--310}
+ }
+
+@BOOK{sz-latex,
+ AUTHOR="J{\"o}rg Knappen",
+ TITLE="Schnell ans Ziel mit {\LaTeXe}",
+ PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag",
+ ADDRESS="Munich et Vienne",
+ ISBN="3-486-24199-0",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{mathieu,
+ AUTHOR="Mathieu, Robert",
+ TITLE="L'{I}mprimerie, une profession, un art",
+ ADDRESS="Bruxelles",
+ PUBLISHER="Louis Musin",
+ YEAR=1976}
+
+
+@BOOK{FandP,
+AUTHOR="Faux, I.~D. and Prat, M.~J.",
+TITLE="{C}omputational {G}eometry for {D}esign and {M}anufacture",
+PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood",
+YEAR=1981}
+
+@BOOK{MORTENSON85,
+AUTHOR="Mortenson, Michael~E.",
+TITLE="{G}eometric {M}odeling",
+PUBLISHER="John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{delpech,
+AUTHOR="Delpech, Jean-Pierre and Figu{\`e}res, Marc-Andr{\'e}
+and Mari",
+TITLE="Techniques du {\LaTeX}",
+PUBLISHER="Eyrolles",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+ISBN="2212026099",
+MONTH=jul,
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{thibaudeau1921,
+AUTHOR="Thibaudeau, Francis",
+TITLE="{L}a {L}ettre d'imprimerie.
+{D}ouze notices sur les arts du livre",
+NOTE="En deux tomes",
+PUBLISHER="Chez l'auteur",
+YEAR=1921}
+
+@BOOK{thibaudeau1924,
+AUTHOR="Thibaudeau, Francis",
+TITLE="Manuel fran{\c{c}}ais de typographie moderne, cours
+d'initiation",
+PUBLISHER="Chez l'auteur",
+YEAR=1924}
+
+@book{blackwell1992,
+AUTHOR="Blackwell, Lewis",
+TITLE="20th {C}entury {T}ype",
+PUBLISHER="Rizzoli International Publications",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+ISBN="0-8478-1596-X",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{blackwell1993,
+AUTHOR="Blackwell, Lewis",
+TITLE="Typo du {\textsc{xx}\textsuperscript{e}} si{\`e}cle",
+PUBLISHER="Flammarion",
+ISBN="2-08-011052-7",
+NOTE="Traduction de~{\cite{blackwell1992}} par Claire Desserey avec la collaboration
+de Fernand Baudin, Peter Keller et Thomas Gravemaker",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{goudy1963,
+AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederick W.",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet and {E}lements of {L}ettering",
+PUBLISHER="Dover Edition",
+YEAR=1963}
+
+@BOOK{goudy1989,
+AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederick W.",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet and {E}lements of {L}ettering",
+PUBLISHER="Dorset Press",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+ISBN="0-88029-330-6",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{rookledge1990,
+AUTHOR={Baines, Phil and Rookledge, Sarah},
+TITLE="{R}oockledge's {I}nternational {T}ypefinder, the
+{E}ssential {H}andbook of {T}ypeface {R}ecognition and
+{S}election",
+PUBLISHER="Sarema Press Ltd",
+ADDRESS="Surrey",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{rattin1997,
+AUTHOR="Rattin, Manuela and Ricci, Matteo",
+TITLE="Questioni di carattere?",
+PUBLISHER="Nuovi Equilibri",
+ADDRESS="Viterbo",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{cloutier1973,
+AUTHOR="Cloutier, Jean",
+TITLE="La {C}ommunication audio-scripto-visuelle {\`a} l'heure
+des self-m{\'e}dias, ou l'{\`e}re d'{E}merec",
+PUBLISHER="{L}es {P}resses de l'{U}niversit{\'e} de {M}ontr{\'e}al",
+ADDRESS="Canada",
+YEAR=1973}
+
+@BOOK{bruckner1990,
+AUTHOR="Bruckner, D.J.R.",
+TITLE="{F}rederic {G}oudy, {M}aster of {A}merican {D}esign",
+PUBLISHER="H. N. Abbrams Inc.",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{petrucci1993,
+AUTHOR="Petrucci, Armando",
+TITLE="{J}eux de lettres. {F}ormes et images de l'inscription
+en {I}talie",
+NOTE="Traduit en fran{\c{c}}ais",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}dition de l'{\'e}cole des hautes {\'e}tudes
+en sciences sociales",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{atkins1988,
+AUTHOR="Atkins, Kathryn, A.",
+TITLE="{M}aster of {I}talic {L}etter. {T}wenty {T}wo {E}xamplars from the
+{S}ixteenth {C}entury",
+PUBLISHER="{T}he {P}enguin {P}ress",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{paech1997,
+AUTHOR="{P}{\"a}ch, Otto",
+TITLE="{L'E}nluminure m{\'e}di{\'e}vale",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {M}acula",
+NOTE="Traduit en fran{\c{c}}ais",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{gray1976,
+AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolete",
+TITLE="{N}ineteenth {C}entury {O}rnament {T}ypefaces",
+PUBLISHER="Faber and Faber Limited",
+YEAR=1976}
+
+@BOOK{andersch1989,
+AUTHOR="Andersch, Martin",
+TITLE="Traces, signes, lettres",
+PUBLISHER="Ulisse {\'E}ditions",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+NOTE="Traduit de l'allemand",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{barthes1985,
+AUTHOR="Barthes, Roland",
+TITLE="{L'A}venture s{\'e}miologique",
+PUBLISHER="Seuil",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{mu1992,
+AUTHOR="Groupe Mu",
+TITLE="Trait{\'e} du signe visuel. {P}our une rh{\'e}torique
+de l'image",
+PUBLISHER="Seuil",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{holtz1987,
+AUTHOR="Holtz-Bonneau, Fran{\c{c}}oise",
+TITLE="Lettres, image, ordinateur",
+PUBLISHER="Herm{\`e}s/{INA}",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{camille1997,
+AUTHOR="Camille, Micha{\"e}l",
+TITLE="Images dans les marges. {A}ux limites de l'art m{\'e}di{\'e}val",
+PUBLISHER="Gallimard",
+NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{laufer1985,
+EDITOR="Laufer, Roger",
+TITLE="La {N}otion de paragraphe",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {CNRS}",
+NOTE="Collectif {PARIS-VIII}",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@MISC{GP,
+ AUTHOR="Williams, Thomas and Kelley, Colin",
+ TITLE="Gnuplot",
+ NOTE="(répertoire {\texttt{/pub/gnuplot}} sur {\url{ftp.darthmouth.edu}}"}
+
+@MISC{emp,
+ AUTHOR="Thorsten Ohl",
+ TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{emp}} pour {\LaTeXe}",
+ NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/emp}"}
+
+@Article{Swift+TB16-3-269,
+ author = {Matt Swift},
+ title = {Modularity in {\LaTeX}},
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = {1995},
+ volume = {16},
+ month = sep,
+ number = {3},
+ pages = {269--275}
+}
+
+@Article{Whitney+TB10-3-378,
+ author = {Ron Whitney and Barbara Beeton},
+ title = {{{{\TUB} authors' guide}}},
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = {1989},
+ month = nov,
+ volume = {10},
+ number = {3},
+ pages = {378--385}
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT{knuth+tor,
+ AUTHOR = {Donald E. Knuth},
+ TITLE = {A Torture Test for {\TeX}, Version 1.3},
+ INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
+ YEAR = {1984},
+ NUMBER = {STAN-CS-84-1027},
+ ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
+ MONTH = nov
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{furuta+pctex,
+ AUTHOR = "Richard K. Furuta and Pierre A. MacKay",
+ TITLE = "Two {\TeX} Implementations for the {IBM PC}",
+ JOURNAL = "Dr. Dobb's Journal",
+ YEAR = "1985",
+ VOLUME = "10",
+ NUMBER = "9",
+ PAGES = "80--91",
+ MONTH = sep
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT{des+tex,
+ AUTHOR = {Jacques D{\'e}sarm{\'e}nien},
+ TITLE = {How to run {\TeX} in {F}rench},
+ INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
+ YEAR = {1984},
+ NUMBER = {SATN-CS-1013},
+ ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
+ MONTH = aug
+}
+
+@article{des+tex1,
+ AUTHOR = {Jacques D{\'e}sarm{\'e}nien},
+ TITLE = {How to run {\TeX} in a {F}rench environment: hyphenation, fonts, typography},
+ INSTITUTION = {Universit{\'e} de {S}trasbourg},
+ JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+ YEAR = 1984,
+ MONTH=nov,
+ PAGES="91--102",
+ NUMBER=2,
+ VOLUME = 5,
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT{samuel+tex,
+ AUTHOR = "Arthur L. Samuel",
+ TITLE = "First Grade {\TeX}: A Beginner's {\TeX} Manual",
+ INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University},
+ YEAR = "1983",
+ NUMBER = "SATN-CS-83-985",
+ ADDRESS = {Stanford, California},
+ MONTH = nov
+}
+
+@BOOK{willberg97,
+AUTHOR="Willberg, Hans Peter and Forssman, Friedrich",
+TITLE="Lesetypographie",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt",
+ADDRESS="Mainz",
+ISBN="3-87439-375-5",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{chen1995,
+AUTHOR="Chen, Wai-Kai",
+TITLE="The {C}ircuits and {Filters} {H}andbook",
+PUBLISHER="{CRC} {P}ress, {Inc.}",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@ARTICLE{feedback53,
+ AUTHOR="Samuel J. Mason",
+ TITLE="Feedback theory --- some properties of signal flow graphs.",
+ JOURNAL="Proceedings of the Institute of Radio Engineers",
+ VOLUME=41,
+ NUMBER=9,
+ PAGES="1144-1156",
+ MONTH=sep,
+ YEAR=1953}
+
+@ARTICLE{feedback56,
+ AUTHOR="Samuel J. Mason",
+ TITLE="Feedback theory --- further properties of signal flow graphs.",
+ JOURNAL="Proceedings of the Institute of Radio Engineers",
+ VOLUME=44,
+ NUMBER=7,
+ PAGES="920-926",
+ MONTH=jul,
+ YEAR=1956}
+
+@BOOK{dusong,
+ AUTHOR="Jean-Luc Dusong and Fabienne Siegwart",
+ TITLE="Typographie, du plomb au num{\'e}rique",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Dessain et Tolra (Larousse-Bordas)",
+ PAGES=191,
+ ISBN="2-04-021744-4",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{downing95,
+ AUTHOR="Geoffrey Downing",
+ TITLE="Finer points in the spacing {\&} arrangement of type",
+ PUBLISHER="Hartley {\&} Marks",
+ ADDRESS="Vancouver",
+ NOTE="Premi{\`e}re {\'e}dition: 1954",
+ ISBN="0-88179-119-9",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{dedame98,
+ AUTHOR="Roger D{\'e}dame",
+ TITLE="M{\'e}moire des m{\'e}tiers du livre, {à} l'usage de la publication assist{\'e}e
+ par ordinateur",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {C}ercle d'{A}rt {\&} {A}ssociation pour la formation
+ permanente des personnels d'imprimerie",
+ ISBN="2-7022-0495-3",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{gid98,
+ AUTHOR="Raymond Gid",
+ TITLE="Typo-graphies",
+ PUBLISHER="Imprimerie nationale",
+ ISBN="2-7433-0281-X",
+ NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de G{\'e}rard Blanchard",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{anis,
+ AUTHOR="Jacques Anis",
+ TITLE="Texte et ordinateur, l'{\'e}criture r{\'e}invent{\'e}e?",
+ PUBLISHER="De Boeck Universit{\'e}",
+ ISBN="2-8041-2923-3"}
+
+@BOOK{mandel98,
+ AUTHOR="Ladislas Mandel",
+ TITLE="{\'E}critures, miroir des hommes et des soci{\'e}t{\'e}s",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+ PAGES=240,
+ ISBN="2-911220-03-X",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@TECHREPORT{nist330,
+ INSTITUTION="National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication",
+ NUMBER=330,
+ TITLE="{T}he {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits ({SI})",
+ PAGES=62,
+ AUTHOR="Taylor, Barry N.",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/Document/sp330.pdf}}",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@TECHREPORT{nist811,
+ INSTITUTION="National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication",
+ NUMBER=811,
+ TITLE="{G}uide for the {U}se of the {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits ({SI})",
+ PAGES=84,
+ AUTHOR="Taylor, Barry N.",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/Document/sp811.pdf}}",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@MISC{nist-diag,
+ AUTHOR="{National Institute of Standards and Technology}",
+ TITLE="{D}iagram of {SI} unit relationships",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/SIdiagram2.html}}"}
+
+@MISC{npl,
+ AUTHOR="{National Physical Laboratory}",
+ TITLE="{T}he {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.npl.co.uk/npl/reference/si_units.html}}"}
+
+@MISC{nist-const,
+ AUTHOR="{National Institute of Standards and Technology}",
+ TITLE="{T}he {NIST} reference on {C}onstants, {U}nits and {U}ncertainty",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/introduction.html}}"}
+
+@MISC{concise-metric,
+ AUTHOR={David Barlett},
+ TITLE="{T}he {M}etric {S}ystem: a concise reference guide",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://subnet.virtual-pc.com/ba424872/}}"}
+
+
+@String{pub-ADOBE-PRESS = "Adobe Press"}
+
+@String{pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr = "Mountain View, CA, USA"}
+
+@Book{Adobe+1997+AFA,
+ AUTHOR = "{Adobe Press}",
+ TITLE = "{Adobe FAQ}: {Adobe}'s most frequently asked
+ questions answered",
+ PUBLISHER = pub-ADOBE-PRESS,
+ ADDRESS = pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr,
+ PAGES = "xvi + 774",
+ ISBN = "1-56830-372-6",
+ LCCN = "????",
+ BIBDATE = "Fri Aug 21 12:48:20 1998",
+ NOTE = "Inclut un CD-ROM.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ annote = "Covers Adobe Acrobat 3.0 (Capture, Distiller,
+ Exchange, Reader), After Effects 3.1, FontFolio 7.09,
+ Framemaker 5 Illustrator 7.0, PageMaker 6.5, PageMill
+ 2.0, Persuasion 4.0 PhotoShop 4.0, Premiere 4.2
+ SiteMill 1.0, and Type Manager Deluxe.",
+ YEAR = "1997"}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ltsect,
+INSTITUTION="{The \LaTeX3} Project Team",
+TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}",
+KEY="latex3",
+AUTHOR="Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Michel Lamport and Frank Mittelbach and Chris A. Rowley and Tobias Oetiker and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf",
+TITLE="{\texttt{ltsect.dtx}}, noyau {\LaTeXe}",
+NOTE="Disponible dans
+{\url{CTAN: tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltsect.dtx}}"}
+
+@BOOK{byram,
+AUTHOR="David Byram-Wigfield",
+TITLE="{P}ractical {P}ost{S}cript. {A} {G}uide to {D}igital {T}ypesetting",
+PAGES=64,
+PUBLISHER="Cappella Archive",
+ADDRESS="Foley Terrace, Great Malvern, WR14 4RQ, England",
+NOTE="{\url{http://www.cappella.demon.co.uk}} ou
+{\url{byram@cappella.demon.co.uk}}",
+ISBN="0-9525308-0-5",
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{grafton98,
+AUTHOR="Anthony Grafton",
+TITLE="Les origines tragiques de l'{\'e}rudition. {U}ne histoire de la note en bas de page",
+SERIES="Collection {«~}La librairie du {XX\textsuperscript{\scriptsize{e}}} si{\`e}cle{~»}",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {S}euil",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais (am{\'e}ricain) par {P}ierre-{A}ntoine {F}abre",
+ISBN="2.02.030404.X",
+MONTH=feb,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@ARTICLE{berlioz98,
+AUTHOR="Berlioz, Jacques",
+TITLE="{\'E}loge argument{\'e} de la note en bas de page",
+PAGES="24-25",
+VOLUME=225,
+JOURNAL="{L'H}istoire",
+MONTH=oct,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{causse98,
+AUTHOR="Rolande Causse",
+TITLE="La langue fran{\c{c}}aise fait signe(s)",
+NOTE="Lettres, accents, ponctuation",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {S}euil",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+SERIES="{P}oint {V}irgule",
+MONTH=sep,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@ARTICLE{bc+sauter,
+AUTHOR="John Sauter",
+TITLE="Postnet code using {\MFT}",
+JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+VOLUME=13,
+NUMBER=4,
+PAGES="472--476",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@ARTICLE{bc+vulis,
+AUTHOR="Dimitri Vulis",
+TITLE="{\TeX} and envelopes",
+JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+VOLUME=12,
+NUMBER=2,
+PAGES="279--284",
+YEAR=1991}
+
+@ARTICLE{bc+willadt,
+AUTHOR="Peter Willadt",
+TITLE="{A}nother {A}pproach to {B}arcodes",
+JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+VOLUME=18,
+NUMBER=4,
+PAGES="286--289",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{Duden,
+AUTHOR="{Dudenredaktion ({\'e}d.)}",
+KEY="Dudenredaktion",
+BOOKTITLE="{D}er {D}uden in 12 {B\"a}nden; das {S}tandardwerk zur deutchen {S}prache",
+TITLE="{D}uden, {R}echtschreibung der deutsche {S}prache",
+PUBLISHER="Dudenverlag",
+ADDRESS="Mannheim--Wien--Z{\"u}rich",
+VOLUME=1,
+EDITION="vingt et uni{\`e}me",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{Muszynski,
+AUTHOR="Carl Muszynski and Eduard P{\v{r}}ihoda",
+TITLE="Die Terrainlehre in Verbindung mit der Darstellung, Beurtheilung und
+ Beschreibung des Terrains vom milit{\"a\-{\allowhyphens}}rischen Standpunkte.",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag L.{\,}W.{~}Seidel {\&\ Sohn}",
+ADDRESS="Vienne",
+YEAR=1872}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{Reglement,
+EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+TITLE="Exercier-Reglement f{\"u}r die k.{\,}u.{\,}k.{~}Cavallerie",
+AUTHOR="I. Theil",
+BOOKTITLE="Normalverordnungsblatt f{\"u}r das k.{\,}u.{\,}k.{~}Heer",
+ADDRESS="Vienne",
+PUBLISHER="k.{\,}k.{~}Hof- und Staatsdruckerei",
+YEAR=1898}
+
+@BOOK{detig1997,
+AUTHOR="Detig, Christine",
+TITLE="Der {\LaTeX} {W}egweiser",
+PUBLISHER="International Thompson Publ.",
+ISBN="3-8266-0256-0",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{abdelhamid1995,
+AUTHOR="Abdelhamid, Rames",
+TITLE="Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeXe} {B}uch",
+PUBLISHER="Vieweg Verlag Wiesbaden",
+ISBN="3-528-25145-X",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{katzenbeisser1997,
+AUTHOR="Katzenbeisser, Stefan",
+TITLE="Von der {I}dee zum {D}okument {--} {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}",
+PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag",
+EDITION="seconde",
+ISBN="3-486-24182-6",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{maurer,
+AUTHOR="Maurer",
+TITLE="Textverarbeitung mit {\LaTeXe} unter {Unix}",
+PUBLISHER="Carl Hanser Verlag",
+ADDRESS="Munich",
+ISBN="3-446-18909-2"}
+
+@BOOK{heilman,
+AUTHOR="Heilmann, Axel",
+TITLE="{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum, ein {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger
+und {F}ortgeschrittene",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag Springer",
+ISBN="3-540-60522-3"}
+
+@BOOK{dietsch1994,
+AUTHOR="Dietsche, Luzia and Lammarsch, Joachim",
+TITLE="{\LaTeX} zum {L}oslegen",
+PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ISBN="3-540-56545-0",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{sowa1994,
+AUTHOR="Sowa, Friedhelm",
+TITLE="{\TeX/\LaTeX{}} und {G}raphik, ein {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber die {V}erfahren",
+PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ISBN="3-540-56468-3",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{schwarz1991,
+AUTHOR="Schwarz, Norbert",
+TITLE="Einf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX}",
+PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag",
+ISBN="3-486-24349-7",
+YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{tschichold1995,
+AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan",
+TITLE="Die neue {T}ypographie",
+PUBLISHER="Brinkmann und Bose",
+EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ISBN="3-922660-23-1",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{aicher1988,
+AUTHOR="Aicher, Otl",
+TITLE="Typographie",
+PUBLISHER="Ernst-Verlag",
+ADDRESS="L{\"u}denscheid",
+ISBN="3-433-03090-6",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{spiekermann1994,
+AUTHOR="Spiekermann, Erik",
+TITLE="Ursache {\&} {W}irkung: ein typografischer {R}oman",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt",
+ADDRESS="Mainz",
+NOTE="R{\'e}impression en fac-simil{\'e}",
+ISBN="3-87439-307-0",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{simoneit1993,
+AUTHOR="Simoneit, Manfred",
+TITLE="Typographisches {G}estalten",
+PUBLISHER="Polygraph-Verlag",
+ADDRESS="Francfort/Main",
+EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+ISBN="3-87641-253-6",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{luidl1989,
+AUTHOR="Luidl, Philipp",
+TITLE="Typografie",
+PUBLISHER="Schl{\"u}tersche Verlagsanstalt",
+EDITION="sixi{\`e}me",
+ISBN="3-87706-290-3",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{weideman19xx,
+AUTHOR="Weidemann, Kurt",
+TITLE="Wo der {B}uchstabe das {W}ort f{\"u}hrt",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag Cantz",
+ADDRESS="Ostfildern",
+EDITION="seconde",
+ISBN="3-89322-521-8",
+YEAR="19xx"}
+
+@BOOK{sauthoff1996,
+AUTHOR="Sauthoff, Daniel and others",
+TITLE="Schriften erkennen: eine {T}ypologie der {S}atzschriften f{\"u}r {S}tudenten,
+{G}rafiker, {S}etzer, {K}unsterzieher und alle {PC-U}ser",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt",
+ADDRESS="Mainz",
+EDITION="nouvelle",
+ISBN="3-87439-373-9",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{kern1991,
+AUTHOR="Kern, Michael and Koch, Sieghart (Hrsg.)",
+TITLE="{\"U}berSicht",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt",
+ADDRESS="Mainz",
+ISBN="3-87439-230-9",
+YEAR=1991}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{kopka1,
+AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut",
+BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}",
+VOLUME=1,
+TITLE="Einf{\"u}hrung",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley",
+NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e",
+ISBN="3-8273-1025-3",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{kopka2,
+AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut",
+BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}",
+VOLUME=2,
+TITLE="Erg{\"a}nzungen",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley",
+NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e",
+ISBN="3-8273-1229-9",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{kopka3,
+AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut",
+BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}",
+VOLUME=3,
+TITLE="Erweiterungen",
+PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley",
+NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e",
+ISBN="3-8931-9666-8",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@MISC{knappen-partl,
+AUTHOR="Knappen, J{\"o}rg and Partl, Hubert and others",
+TITLE="{\LaTeXe}-{K}urzbeschreibung",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/LaTeX2e-Kurzbeschreibung/}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{partl-kielborn,
+AUTHOR="Partl, Hubert and Kielhorn, Axel",
+TITLE="Layout-{\"A}nderungen mit {\LaTeX}",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/refman/}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{schrod-compTeX,
+AUTHOR="Schrod, Joachim",
+TITLE="The {C}omponents of {\TeX}",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/components-of-TeX/}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{warbrick,
+AUTHOR="Warbrick, Jon",
+TITLE="Essential {\LaTeX}",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/latex-essential/}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{doob-gentle,
+AUTHOR="Doob, Michael",
+TITLE="A {G}entle {I}ntroduction to {\TeX}",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/gentle.tex}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{tobin-mfb,
+AUTHOR="Tobin, Geoffrey",
+YEAR=1994,
+MONTH=jul,
+TITLE="{\MFT} for {B}eginners",
+NOTE="Disponible sur {\url{CTAN:info/metafont-for-beginners.tex}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{jurgens1,
+AUTHOR="J{\"u}rgens, Manuela",
+TITLE="{\LaTeX} -- eine {E}inf{\"u}hrung und ein bi{\ss}chen mehr {\ldots}",
+NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.fernuni-hagen.de/pub/pdf/urz-broschueren/a0269502.pdf}}"
+}
+
+@MISC{jurgens2,
+AUTHOR="J{\"u}rgens, Manuela",
+TITLE="{\LaTeX} -- {F}ortgeschrittene {A}nwendungen",
+NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.fernuni-hagen.de/pub/pdf/urz-broschueren/a0279510.pdf}}"
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT{PRW96i,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+TITLE="{\LaTeX} for standards: {T}he {\LaTeX} package files user manual",
+TYPE="NIST Report",
+INSTITUTION="NISTIR",
+MONTH=jun,
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{skillin74,
+AUTHOR="Skillin, Marjorie E. and Gay, Robert Malcom",
+TITLE="{W}ords into {T}ype",
+PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall",
+ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ISBN="0-13-964262-5",
+YEAR=1974}
+
+@BOOK{anderson69,
+AUTHOR="Anderson, Donald M.",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {W}ritten {F}orms:
+ {T}he {T}heory and {P}ractice of {C}alligraphy",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+PUBLISHER="Holt, Rinehart, and Winston",
+ISBN="0-486-27212-5",
+YEAR=1969}
+
+@BOOK{mcgrew93,
+AUTHOR="Mac McGrew",
+TITLE="{A}merican {M}etal {T}ypefaces of the {T}wentieth {C}entury",
+ADDRESS="Newcastle, Delaware, USA",
+PUBLISHER="Oak Knoll Books",
+edition="seconde",
+ISBN="0-938768-34-4 (reli{\'e}), 0-938768-39-5 (pbk.)",
+YEAR="1986, 1993"}
+
+@ARTICLE{Andre95,
+TITLE="Ligatures {\&} caract{\`e}res contextuels",
+AUTHOR="Andr{\'e}, Jacques and Est{\`e}ve, Jean-Louis",
+ADDRESS="Gagny Principal, France",
+PUBLISHER="Association {GUT}enberg",
+JOURNAL=j-GUTENBERG,
+MONTH=sep,
+VOLUME=22,
+PAGE=74,
+XISSN="1140-9304",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{roegener95,
+TITLE="{B}randing with {T}ype, {H}ow type sells",
+AUTHOR="R{\"o}gener, Stefan and Pool, Albert-Jan and Packh{\"a}user, Ursual and Ginger, E.M.",
+ADDRESS="Mountain View, CA USA",
+PUBLISHER="Adobe Press, Adobe Systems Inc.",
+ISBN="1-56830-248-7 (pbk.)",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{unicode2,
+TITLE="{T}he {U}nicode {S}tandard, {V}ersion 2.0",
+KEY="Unicode",
+AUTHOR="{T}he {U}nicode {C}onsortium",
+ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley Developers Press",
+ISBN="0-201-48345-9 (pbk.)",
+YEAR="1991-1996"}
+
+@MANUAL{opentype,
+TITLE="{T}he {M}icrosoft {O}pen{T}ype {S}pecification",
+ORGANIZATION="Microsoft Corporation",
+ADDRESS="Redmond, Washington",
+NOTE="{Internet: \url{http://www.microsoft.com/typography/tt/tt.htm }}",
+YEAR="1990-1998"}
+
+@MANUAL{HP1990,
+TITLE="{T}he {H}ewlett-{P}ackard {B}ook of {C}haracters",
+ORGANIZATION="Hewlett-Packard Company",
+ADDRESS="Boise",
+NOTE="{Internet: \url{http://www.fonts.com/}}",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@MANUAL{compugra88,
+TITLE="{T}he {A}rt {\&} {T}echnology of {T}ypography",
+ORGANIZATION="Compugraphic Corporation",
+ADDRESS="Wilmington MA USA",
+YEAR= 1988}
+
+@book{latex-web,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion:
+ Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+ month=may,
+ year = 1999,
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
+ pagenums = {xxii + 522},
+ source-infos = {yes},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ price = "US\$39.95",
+ note = "Avec Eitan M. Gurari, Ross Moore et Robert S.
+ Sutor.",
+}
+
+@BOOK{schenck94,
+AUTHOR="Douglas Schenck and Peter R. Wilson",
+TITLE="{I}nformation {M}odeling the {EXPRESS} {W}ay",
+PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+ISBN="0-19-508714-3",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@MISC{CJK,
+AUTHOR="Werner Lemberg",
+TITLE="The {CJK} package for {\LaTeXe}",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN:fonts/CJK} et \url{CTAN:language/chinese/CJK}}"
+}
+
+@Article{Knuth+1979+LS,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "The Letter {S}",
+ journal = "The Mathematical Intelligencer",
+ volume = "2",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "114--122",
+ year = "1979, 1980",
+ bibdate = "Sat Aug 13 10:22:12 1994",
+ annote = "Also published as \cite{Knuth+1980+LS}.",
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{meron97,
+AUTHOR="M{\'e}ron, Jacques",
+TITLE="{Q}ualit{\'e} et {T}ypographie",
+ADDRESS="La Fert{\'e}-sous-Jouarre",
+MONTH=oct,
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{friedl98,
+AUTHOR="Friedl, Friedrich and Ott, Nicolaus and Stein, Bernard",
+TITLE="Typographie: quand qui comment",
+PUBLISHER="K{\"o}nemann Verlag",
+ADDRESS="K{\"o}ln",
+ISBN="3-89508-473-5",
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{ponot98,
+ AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="{L}ouis {P}errin {\&} et l'{\'e}nigme des {A}ugustaux",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des Cendres",
+ ADDRESS="8, rue des Cendriers, 75020 Paris",
+ ISBN="2-86742-083-0",
+ NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de Fernnd Baudin",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{livingston98,
+ AUTHOR="Livingston, Alan et Isabella",
+ TITLE="Dictionnaire du graphisme",
+ NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais par Guillemette Belleteste,
+ Dani{\`e}le Bouilly et Isabelle Mennesson",
+ PUBLISHER="Thames {\&} Hudson ({\'e}dition anglaise),
+ Collection L'Univers de l'Art, num{\'e}ro~75
+ (traduction fran{\c{c}}aise)",
+ ISBN="2-87811-143-5",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{JOHNSON1966,
+ AUTHOR="Johnson, A. F.",
+ TITLE="{T}ype {D}esigns",
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER="A. Grafton Book, Andr{\'e} Deutsh",
+ YEAR=1966}
+
+@BOOK{MORISON1962,
+ AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+ TITLE="{T}ype {D}esigns {P}ast and {P}resent",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ PUBLISHER="Ernest Benn",
+ YEAR=1962}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{PONOT1993,
+ AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}",
+ TITLE="Classification typographique",
+ BOOKTITLE="Les {S}ciences de l'{\'e}crit",
+ PUBLISHER="Retz",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{NERET1953,
+ AUTHOR="N{\'e}ret, Jean-Alexis",
+ TITLE="Histoire illustr{\'e}e de la librairie et du livre fran{\c{c}}ais",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {L}amarre",
+ YEAR=1953}
+
+@BOOK{CLAIR1969,
+ AUTHOR="Clair, Colin",
+ TITLE="{A} {C}hronology of {P}rinting",
+ ADDRESS="New York--Washington",
+ PUBLISHER="Frederik A. Praeger",
+ YEAR=1969}
+
+@BOOK{Fremy1972,
+ AUTHOR="Fr{\'e}my, Maurice",
+ TITLE="Aide-m{\'e}moire du compositeur typographe",
+ PUBLISHER="Iniag",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ YEAR=1972}
+
+@BOOK{White1988,
+ AUTHOR="White, Jan V.",
+ TITLE="Graphic design for the electronic age ({T}he manual for traditional and desktop
+ publishing)",
+ PUBLISHER="A Xerox Press Book, Watson-Guptill publications",
+ ADDRESS="New-York",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@INBOOK{milchsack1901,
+ CHAPTER="Art de la typographie",
+ TITLE="Archiv f{\H{u}}r {B}uchgewerbe",
+ AUTHOR="Milchsack, Gustav",
+ PAGES="cahier 8, pp. 291--296; cahier 10, pp. 365--372",
+ PUBLISHER="Leipzig",
+ YEAR=1901}
+
+@BOOK{johnston1911,
+ AUTHOR="Johnston, Edward",
+ TITLE="{M}anuscript and {I}nscription {L}etters",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ ADDRESS="London",
+ PUBLISHER="John Hogg",
+ YEAR=1911}
+
+@BOOK{johnston1948,
+ AUTHOR="Johnston, Edward",
+ TITLE="{W}riting {\&} {I}lluminating, {\&} {L}ettering: {T}he {A}rtistic {C}rafts
+ {S}eries of {T}echnical {H}andbooks",
+ EDITION="vingt-deuxi{\`e}me",
+ NOTE="{\'E}dit{\'e} par {W.~R.~Lethaby}",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ PUBLISHER="Pitman Publishing Corporation",
+ YEAR="1906, 1948"}
+
+@BOOK{bauer1929,
+ TITLE="{D}as {B}uch als {W}erk des {B}uchdruckers",
+ AUTHOR="Bauer, Friedrich",
+ PUBLISHER="Deutscher Buchgewerbeverein",
+ ADDRESS="Leipzig",
+ YEAR=1920}
+
+@BOOK{tieffenbach1930,
+ AUTHOR="Tieffenbach, E. W.",
+ TITLE="{\H{U}}ber den {S}atz im sch\H{o}nen {B}uch",
+ PUBLISHER="Officina Serpentis",
+ ADDRESS="Berlin",
+ YEAR=1930}
+
+@ARTICLE{tschichold1946,
+ AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold},
+ TITLE="{D}ie {M}assverh{\H{a}}ltnisse des {B}uchseitr, des {S}chriftfeldes und der
+ {R\H{a}}nder",
+ JOURNAL="{S}chweizer {G}raphische {M}itteilungen",
+ VOLUME=65,
+ PAGES="294--305",
+ ADDRESS="Sain-Gall",
+ MONTH=aug,
+ YEAR=1946}
+
+@ARTICLE{graff1946,
+ AUTHOR="Graff, Joh. A. van de",
+ TITLE="Niewe berekening voor de vormgeving",
+ JOURNAL="R{\'e}t{\'e}",
+ PAGES="95--100",
+ VOLUME=1946,
+ ADDRESS="Amsterdam",
+ MONTH=nov,
+ YEAR=1946}
+
+@BOOK{kayser1946,
+ AUTHOR="Kayser, Hans",
+ TITLE="{E}in harmonikaler {T}eilungkanon",
+ PUBLISHER="Occident-Verlag",
+ ADDRESS="Z{\H{u}}rich",
+ YEAR=1946}
+
+@ARTICLE{tschichold1955,
+ AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold},
+ TITLE="{D}ie {P}roportionen des {B}uches",
+ JOURNAL="{D}er {D}ruckspiegel",
+ PAGES="8--18, 87--96, 145--150",
+ VOLUME=10,
+ ADDRESS="Stuttgart",
+ NOTE="{\'e}crit en 1953",
+ MONTH= jan # feb # mar,
+ YEAR=1955}
+
+@BOOK{tschichold92,
+ AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold},
+ TITLE="{T}reasury of {A}lphabets and {L}ettering",
+ PUBLISHER="W. W. Norton",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{tschichold92a,
+ AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold},
+ TITLE="{T}reasury of {A}lphabets and {L}ettering: 150 {C}omplete {A}lphabets with 64
+ {P}ages of {T}ext and {E}xplanations",
+ note="Traduction de Wolf von Eckardt",
+ PUBLISHER="Design Press",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-8306-3486-X",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{wersin1956,
+ AUTHOR="Wersin, Wolfgang von",
+ TITLE="{D}as {B}uch vom {R}echteck",
+ ADDRESS="Ravensburg",
+ PUBLISHER="Otto Maier",
+ YEAR=1956}
+
+@BOOK{rosarivo1961,
+ AUTHOR="Rosarivo, Ra{\`u}l M.",
+ TITLE="Divina proportio typographica",
+ PUBLISHER="Scherpe",
+ ADDRESS="Krefeld",
+ YEAR=1961}
+
+@TECHREPORT{hogeveen1990,
+ author = "S. J. Hogeveen",
+ year = 1990,
+ title = "Concept of a {{\LaTeX}} style package for the
+ Astronomy and Astrophysics publications",
+ institution = "Astronomical Institute `Anton Pannekoek'",
+ address = "Amsterdam"}
+
+@STRING{mess = "Messenger"}
+
+@ARTICLE{daniel1989,
+ AUTHOR = "H.-U. Daniel and J. Berger and D. Savaray",
+ YEAR = 1989,
+ TITLE = "{{\TeX}} and Mathor3--{{\TeX}} for Astronomy and Astrophysics
+ Journal and Supplement Series",
+ JOURNAL = mess,
+ VOLUME = 56,
+ PAGES = "67-68"}
+
+@BOOK{haley1998,
+ AUTHOR="Haley, Allan",
+ TITLE="Type: hot designers make cool fonts",
+ PUBLISHER="Rockport Publishers, inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Gloucester (Massachusets)",
+ MISC="143 p. couleurs, 24 x 24 cm",
+ ISBN="1-56496-317-9",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{wohlfeil1999,
+TITLE="On the Pagination of Complex Book-like Documents",
+AUTHOR="Stefan Wohlfeil",
+PUBLISHER="Shaker Verlag GMBH",
+ADDRESS="Postfach 1290, 52013 Aachen, and Maastricht, The
+Netherlands",
+pages = "224",
+ISBN = "3-8265-3304-6",
+LCCN = "????",
+bibdate = "Tue Feb 09 08:23:52 1999",
+price = "DM 98.00",
+NOTE = "{\NL\url{http://wwwpi6.fernuni-hagen.de/Forschung/Pagination/}};
+ {\NL\url{http://www.shaker.de/Online-Gesamtkatalog/Details.idc?ID=24201&CC=59311&IDSRC=1&ISBN=3-8265-3304-6&Reihe=15}};
+ {\NL\url{Stefan.Wohlfeil@Fernuni-Hagen.de}}",
+acknowledgement = ack-cr # " and " # ack-nhfb,
+MONTH=jan,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{FAQ1999,
+ TITLE="{FAQ} {\LaTeX}",
+ SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique",
+ PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique",
+ AUTHOR="Kluth, Marie-Paule",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ ISBN="2-7117-8662-5",
+ MONTH=fev,
+ YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOK{Desgraupes1999,
+ TITLE="{\MFT}, {G}uide pratique",
+ SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique",
+ AUTHOR="Desgraupes, Bernard",
+ PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ ISBN="2-7117-8642-0",
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{Desgraupes2000,
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} {A}pprentissage, guide et r{\'e}f{\'e}rence",
+ SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique",
+ AUTHOR="Desgraupes, Bernard",
+ PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique",
+ ISBN="2-7117-8658-7",
+ MONTH=nov,
+ YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOK{Burke1998,
+ AUTHOR="Burke, Christopher",
+ TITLE="Paul Renner: the art of typography",
+ PUBLISHER="Hyphen Press",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.hyphenpress.co.uk/titles/}}",
+ ISBN="0-907259-12-X",
+ ADDRESS="Robin Kinross, 51 Grafton Road, London NW5 3DX",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{Kindel1999,
+ EDITOR="Kindel, Eric",
+ TITLE="Typeform dialogues: a comparative survey of typeform
+ history and description on interactive CD-Rom",
+ ISBN="0-907259-15-4",
+ ADDRESS="Robin Kinross, 51 Grafton Road, London NW5 3DX",
+ PUBLISHER="Hyphen Press",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.hyphenpress.co.uk/titles/}}",
+ MONTH="automne",
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@ARTICLE{sojka-TB-17-4-367,
+ author ="Sojka, Petr and Th{\`a}nh H{\`a}n {\ensuremath{\mathrm{Th\acute{\hat{e}}}}}
+ and Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka",
+ title = "The joy of {\TeX2PDF}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = 1996,
+ volume =17,
+ number =3,
+ pages = {244--251},
+}
+
+@BOOK {ps-ref3,
+ TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Reference",
+ EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}",
+ PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley",
+ YEAR = 1999,
+ MONTH= mar,
+ EDITION = "troisi\`eme",
+ ISBN= "0201379228",
+ PAGES=897,
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts"
+ }
+
+@unpublished{varioref,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "The {\texttt{varioref}} package",
+ note = "Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeXe{}}.",
+ month = may,
+ year = 1995}
+
+@unpublished{taylor,
+ author = "Philip Taylor",
+ title = "{\TeX}: an unsuitable language for document markup?",
+ note = "Talk given at the Euro{\TeX{}} 1995 conference; does not
+ appear in the proceedings.",
+ date = sep,
+ year = 1995}
+
+
+
+@InProceedings{etex,
+ author = {Philip Taylor},
+ title = {{\(\varepsilon\)-\TeX}:
+ a 100\%-compatible successor to {\TeX}},
+ booktitle = {Euro\TeX'95},
+ year = 1995,
+ month = sep,
+ pages = {359-370}
+}
+
+@unpublished{auc,
+ author = "Kresten Krab Thorup",
+ title = "{AUC\TeX}",
+ note = "An Emacs mode for editing \AllTeX{} code; available from
+ {\url{http://www.iesd.auc.dk/\textasciitilde{}amanda/auctex/}}.",
+ year = 1996}
+
+
+@unpublished{html30,
+ title = "HyperText markup language specification version 3.0 draft",
+ author = "Dave Raggett",
+ note = "Available at
+ {\url{http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/MarkUp/html3/}}.",
+ year = 1995,
+ month = mar}
+
+@Article{Rokicki+TB16-4-395,
+ author = "Tomas G. Rokicki",
+ title = "{A proposed standard for specials}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "395--401",
+ month = dec,
+ year = "1995",
+ ISSN = "0896-3207",
+ bibdate = "Sat Feb 20 18:54:33 MST 1999",
+ bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/tugboat.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/index-table-t.html#tugboat",
+ acknowledgement = ack-bnb # " and " # ack-nhfb,
+ }
+
+@BOOK{brunet1999,
+ AUTHOR={Brunet, Pascal},
+ TITLE={Un week-end pour d{\'e}couvrir et ma{\^{\i}}triser
+ la typographie},
+ PUBLISHER={Osman Eyrolles Multimédia},
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{isaacs1991,
+ TITLE="The {O}xford {D}ictionnary for {S}cientific {W}riters and {E}ditors",
+ EDITOR="Isaacs, A. and Daintith, J. and Martin, E.",
+ PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press",
+ ADDRESS="Oxford",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{collin1997,
+ TITLE="Dictionnary of {P}rinting and {P}ublishing",
+ AUTHOR="Collin, Peter H.",
+ EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER="Peter Collin Publishing",
+ ADDRESS="Teddington (Middlesex)",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{Morison1994,
+ AUTHOR="Stanley Morison",
+ TITLE="Pacioli's {C}lassic {R}oman {A}lphabet",
+ PUBLISHER="Dover",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{lipkin1999,
+ AUTHOR="Lipkin, Bernice Sacks",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {Linux}",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer Verlag",
+ ISBN="0-387-98708-8",
+ MONTH=jun,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{Day1995,
+ AUTHOR="Day, Lewis F.",
+ TITLE="{A}lphabets {O}ld and {N}ew",
+ PUBLISHER="Senate",
+ NOTE="Troisi{\`e}me {\'e}dition publi{\'e}e initialement
+ par {B.~T.~Bashford} en 1910",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{Drucker1995,
+ AUTHOR="Drucker, Johanna",
+ TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabetic {L}abyrinth",
+ PUBLISHER="Thames and Hudson",
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{Firmage1993,
+ AUTHOR="Firmage, Richard A.",
+ TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet {A}becedarium",
+ PUBLISHER="David R. Goodine",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@article{Bes+cross,
+AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N.",
+TITLE="Crossed modules and quantum groups in braided
+categories",
+JOURNAL="Applied Categorical Structures",
+VOLUME=5,
+NUMBER=2,
+PAGES="155--204",
+NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9510013}}",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@article{Bes+FRT,
+AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N.",
+TITLE="On the braided {FRT}-construction",
+JOURNAL="J. Nonlinear Math. Phys.",
+VOLUME=4,
+NUMBER="1--2",
+PAGES="195--205",
+NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9510012}}",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@article{BKLT+int,
+AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N. and Kerler, T. and Lyubashenko, V. V.
+and Turaev, V.",
+TITLE="Integrals for braided {Hopf} algebras",
+JOURNAL="J. Pure and Appl. Algebra",
+NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9709020}}",
+YEAR="{\`A para\^{\i}tre (1999?)}"}
+
+@MISC{Eurocom1998,
+TITLE="{C}ouncil {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~2866/98 of 31~{D}ecember 1998
+on the conversion rates between the euro and the currencies of
+the {M}ember {S}tates adopting the euro",
+NOTE="Official Journal {L}~359",
+XINSTITUTION="European Commission",
+AUTHOR="{European Council}",
+YEAR="31 d{\'e}cembre 1998"}
+
+@MISC{Eurocom2000,
+TITLE="{C}ouncil {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~1478/2000 of 19~{J}une 2000
+amending {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~2866/98
+on the conversion rates between the euro and the currencies of
+the {M}ember {S}tates adopting the euro",
+NOTE="Official Journal {L}~167",
+XINSTITUTION="European Commission",
+AUTHOR="{European Council}",
+YEAR="7 juillet 2000"}
+
+@MISC{Eurocouncill1997,
+TITLE="Certain provisions related to the introduction of the {Euro}",
+NOTE="Council Regulation, 1103/97",
+XINSTITUTION="European Council",
+AUTHOR="{European Council}",
+MONTH="17 " # Jun ,
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{Gromzik+1996,
+EDITOR="Gromzik, J. and Reich, C. and Sander, C.",
+TITLE="{Dr.~Oetker Schulkochbuch -- Das Original}",
+PUBLISHER="Ceres",
+ADDRESS="Bielefeld",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@Article{Misakova+TB19-4-355,
+ author = "Miroslava Mis{\'a}kov{\'a}",
+ title = "{Typesetting with varying letter widths: {New hope for
+ your narrow columns}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "355--365",
+ month = dec,
+ year = "1998",
+ ISSN = "0896-3207",
+}
+
+@Article{Sojka+TB16-3-290,
+ author = "Petr Sojka",
+ title = "{{Notes on compound word hyphenation in {\TeX}}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "290--296",
+ month = sep,
+ year = "1995",
+ ISSN = "0896-3207",
+ }
+
+@MISC{schenk98,
+AUTHOR="Schenk, Christian",
+TITLE="{MiK\TeX{}} {L}ocal {G}uide",
+NOTE="{\url{http://www.miktex.de/}}",
+YEAR="1998-99 (version 1.2)"}
+
+@PHDTHESIS{plass81,
+AUTHOR="Mickael F. Plass",
+TITLE="{O}ptimal {P}agination {T}echniques for {A}utomatic {T}ypesetting {S}ystems",
+SCHOOL="Stanford University",
+ ADDRESS={Palo Alto, California},
+ MONTH=aug,
+ NOTE="Publi{\'e}e aussi comme {X}erox {P}alo {A}lto {R}esearch {Center} report
+ {ISL-81-1}",
+YEAR=1981}
+
+@BOOK{durer1525,
+ AUTHOR="D{\"u}rer, Albrecht",
+ TITLE="{U}nderweysung der {M}essung mit dem {Z}irckel und {R}ichtscheyt",
+ ADDRESS="Nuremberg",
+ NOTE="Traduction en anglais par R. T. Nichol de la section sur les alphabets.",
+ PUBLISHER="Dover, 1965",
+ YEAR=1525}
+
+@BOOK{mardersteig1971,
+ AUTHOR="Mardersteig, Giovanni",
+ TITLE="The {A}lphabet of {F}rancesco {T}orniello da {N}ovara [1517] {F}ollowed by a
+ {C}omparison with the {A}lphabet of {F}ra {L}uca {P}acioli",
+ PUBLISHER="Officina Bodini",
+ ADDRESS="Verona",
+ YEAR=1971}
+
+@BOOKLET{pacioli1509,
+ AUTHOR={Pacioli, Fra Luca},
+ TITLE="{Diuina proportione, Opera a tutti glingegni perspicaci e curiosi necessaria
+ Oue ciascun studioso di Philosophia: Prppectiua Pictura Scultura: Architectura:
+ Musica: e altre Mathematice: suauissima: sottile: e admirable doctrina consequira: e
+ delectarassi: c\~o uarie questione de secretissima scientia}",
+ ADDRESS="Venice",
+ YEAR=1509}
+
+@article{knuth+concept1982,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title="{T}he {C}oncept of a {M}eta-{F}ont",
+ journal="Visible Language",
+ volume=16,
+ number=1,
+ month = "hiver",
+ pages="3--27",
+ bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib,
+ ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib,
+ ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/knuth-donald-e.bib",
+ note = "Traduction en fran{\c{c}}ais par M. R. Delorme dans {\sl
+ Communication et Langages\/} no.~55, (1983), 40--53;
+ r{\'e}imprim{\'e} dans {\sl Typographie et Informatique},
+ comptes-rendu de la conf{\'e}rence INRIA des 21--25 janvier
+ 1985, organis{\'e}e par Jacques Andr{\'{e}} et Patrick
+ Sallio (Rennes, France: INRIA/IRISA -- CCETT, 1985),
+ 119--132.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-hk,
+ year=1982}
+
+@article{knuth+lessons1985,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title="{L}essons {L}earned from {\MFT}",
+ journal="Visible Language",
+ volume=19,
+ pages="35--53",
+ year=1985}
+
+@article{knuth+mathtypo1979,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title="Mathematical typography",
+ journal="Bulletin of the {A}merican {M}athematical {S}ociety {\emph{(new series)}}",
+ volume=1,
+ pages="337-372",
+ year=1979}
+
+@ARTICLE{murdock1976,
+ AUTHOR="Murdock, Ph{\oe}be J.",
+ TITLE="New alphabets and symbols for typesetting mathematics",
+ JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}",
+ VOLUME=8,
+ PAGES="44--53",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1976}
+
+@BOOK{siegel1985,
+ AUTHOR="Siegel, David R.",
+ TITLE="{T}he {E}uler {P}roject at {S}tanford",
+ PUBLISHER="Computer Science Department, Stanford University",
+ ADDRESS="Stanford, California",
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{UnbehauenR1,
+ AUTHOR="Unbehauen, Rolf",
+ TITLE="{S}ystemtheorie",
+ PUBLISHER="R. Oldenbourg Verlag",
+ ADDRESS="M{\"u}nchen",
+ EDITION="sixi{\`e}me",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{CHADWICK87,
+AUTHOR="Chadwick, John",
+TITLE="{Linear~B} and {R}elated {S}cripts",
+PUBLISHER="University of California Press/British Museum",
+ISBN="0-520-06019-9",
+YEAR= 1987}
+
+@BOOK{GORDON87,
+AUTHOR="Gordon, Cyrus H.",
+TITLE="{F}orgotten {S}cripts",
+PUBLISHER="Dorset Press",
+NOTE="{\'e}dition revue et augment{\'e}e",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@MISC{CYPRIOT,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+TITLE="{T}he {C}ypriot {P}ackage",
+NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{fonts/archaic}}",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@MISC{LINEARB,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+TITLE="{T}he {Linear~B} {P}ackage",
+NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{fonts/archaic}}",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{BOLOGNA95,
+AUTHOR="Guilia Bologna",
+TITLE="{I}lluminated {M}anuscripts: {T}he {B}ook before {G}utenberg",
+PUBLISHER="Crescent Books",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{DROGIN80,
+AUTHOR="Mark Drogin",
+TITLE="{M}edieval {C}alligraphy: {I}ts {H}istory and {T}echnique",
+PUBLISHER="Allenheld, Osmun {\&} Co.",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{DROGIN89,
+AUTHOR="Mark Drogin",
+TITLE="{M}edieval {C}alligraphy: {I}ts {H}istory and {T}echnique",
+PUBLISHER="Dover Publications",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+ISBN="0-486-26142-5",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{HARRIS95,
+AUTHOR="David Harris",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {C}alligraphy",
+PUBLISHER="DK Publishing",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{JOHNSTON75,
+AUTHOR="Edward Johnston",
+NOTE="Heather Child {\'e}diteur",
+TITLE="{F}ormal {P}enship and {O}ther {P}apers",
+PUBLISHER="Penthalic",
+YEAR=1971}
+
+@BOOK{THOMAS75,
+AUTHOR="Thomas, Alan G.",
+TITLE="{G}reat {B}ooks and {B}ook {C}ollectors",
+PUBLISHER="Weidenfield and Nichoson",
+YEAR=1975}
+
+@MISC{beton,
+ AUTHOR="Jensen, Frank",
+ YEAR=1995,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{beton}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{euler,
+ AUTHOR="Jensen, Frank",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ YEAR=1995,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{euler}} package, v2.5",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{lucidabr,
+ AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach",
+ MONTH=jan,
+ YEAR=1998,
+ TITLE="The \texttt{lucidabr} package, v4.10",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN'macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{docmfp,
+ AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+ YEAR=1999,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{docmfp}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/docmfp.dtx}}"}
+
+@MISC{romannum,
+ AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+ YEAR=1999,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{romannum}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/romannum.dtx}}"}
+
+@BOOK{greenberg99,
+AUTHOR="Greenberg, Harvey J.",
+TITLE="A {S}implified {I}ntroduction to {\LaTeX}",
+PUBLISHER="University of Colorado at Denver",
+ADDRESS="{\url{hgreebe@carbon.udenver.edu}}",
+NOTE="{\url{http://www.cudenver.edu/~hgreenbe/aboutme/pubrec.html}}
+et
+{\url{CTAN/info/simplified-latex/}}",
+MONTH=nov,
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@MISC{lettrine,
+ AUTHOR="Flipo, Daniel",
+ YEAR=1998,
+ TITLE="The {\texttt{lettrine}} package",
+ NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/lettrine.dtx}}"}
+
+@BOOK{docbook,
+ AUTHOR="Walsh, Norman and Muellner, Leonard",
+ ISBN="1-56592-580-7",
+ TITLE="{D}oc{B}ook: {T}he {D}efinitive {G}uide",
+ PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472",
+ EDITION="premi{\`e}re",
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{boumphrey1998,
+ AUTHOR="Boumphrey, F.",
+ TITLE="{P}rofessional {S}tyle {S}heets for {HTML} and {XML}",
+ PUBLISHER="Wrox Press, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Chicago",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{Bradley1998,
+ AUTHOR="Bradley, N.",
+ TITLE="The {XML} {C}ompanion",
+ PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley",
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@ARTICLE{carr1991,
+ AUTHOR="Carr, Les and Rahtz, Sebastian and Hall, Wendy",
+ TITLE="Experiments with {\TeX} and hyperactivity",
+ JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+ VOLUME=12,
+ NUMBER=1,
+ PAGES="13--20",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{Flynn1998,
+ AUTHOR="Flynn, Peter",
+ TITLE="Understanding {SGML} and {XML} {T}ools",
+ XADDRESS="Norwell, Massachusetts",
+ PUBLISHER="Kluwer Academic Publishers",
+ pages = 464,
+ key = {{\url{http://imbolc.ucc.ie/~pflynn/books/sgmltools.html}}},
+ price = {\$84},
+ isbn = {0-7923-8169-6},
+ series = {Electronic Publishing Series},
+ address = {Order Department, PO Box 358, Accord Station,
+ Hingham, MA 02018-0358. Phone +1 781 871 6600,
+ Fax +1 781 871 6528, Email {\texttt{kluwer@wkap.com}},
+ Web {\url{http://www.wkap.nl}}},
+ edition = {premi{\`e}re},
+ month = Aug,
+ annote = {The essential book on software for handling SGML:
+ the complete life-cycle guide to your documents.
+ {\textit{Understanding SGML and XML Tools}} is
+ essential reading for anyone building or using {SGML}
+ systems, and provides a valuable reference for all
+ those times when you need the right tool for the job.},
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+
+@ARTICLE{Foster1999,
+ AUTHOR="Foster, K. R.",
+ TITLE="{M}ath on the {I}nternet",
+ JOURNAL="IEEE Spectrum",
+ VOLUME=36,
+ NUMBER=4,
+ PAGES="36--40",
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{xml-g,
+ AUTHOR="Charles F. Goldfarb and Prescod, P.",
+ TITLE="{T}he {XML} {H}andbook",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{harold1998,
+ AUTHOR="Harold, E.",
+ TITLE="{XML} {E}xtensible {M}arkup {L}anguage",
+ PUBLISHER="IDG Books Worldwide, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Foster City, California",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{jelliffe1998,
+ AUTHOR="Jelliffe, R.",
+ TITLE="{T}he {XML} and {SGML} {C}ookbook: {R}ecipes for {S}tructured {I}nformation",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{leventhal1998,
+ AUTHOR="Leventhal, M. and Lewis, D. and Fuchs, M.",
+ TITLE="{D}esigning {XML} {I}nternet {A}pplications",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{lie1997,
+ AUTHOR="Lie, H. W. and Bos, B.",
+ TITLE="{C}ascading {S}tyle {S}heets: {D}esigning for the {W}eb",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{Maler1996,
+ AUTHOR="Maler, E. and Andaloussi, J. E.",
+ TITLE="{D}eveloping {SGML} {DTDs}: {F}rom {T}ext to {M}odel to {M}arkup",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{mcgrath1998,
+ AUTHOR="McGrath, S.",
+ TITLE="{XML} by {E}xample: {B}uilding {E-C}ommerce {A}pplications",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{megginson1998,
+ AUTHOR="Megginson, D.",
+ TITLE="{S}tructuring {XML} {D}ocuments",
+ BOOKTITLE="{T}he {Charles~F. Goldfarb} series on open information management",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{raggett1998,
+ AUTHOR="Raggett, Dave and Lam, J. and Alexander, I. and Kmiec, M.",
+ TITLE="{R}aggett on {HTML~4}",
+ PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley},
+ ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@ARTICLE{rahtz1995,
+ AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian",
+ TITLE="{A}nother look at {\LaTeX} to {SGML}",
+ JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+ VOLUME=16,
+ pages="315--324",
+ month=sep,
+ NUMBER=3,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{smith1998,
+ AUTHOR="Smith, N. E.",
+ TITLE="{SGML/XML} {F}ilters",
+ PUBLISHER="Wordware Publishing, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Plano, Texas",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{st.lautent1997,
+ AUTHOR="Saint Laurent, S.",
+ TITLE="{XML}: {A} {P}rimer",
+ PUBLISHER="MIS Press",
+ ADDRESS="Portland, Oregon",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{tanenbaum1996,
+ AUTHOR="Tanenbaum, A. S.",
+ TITLE="{C}omputer {N}etwork",
+ EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+ PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{abra1972,
+ AUTHOR="Abramowitz, M. and Stegun, I. A.",
+ TITLE="{H}andbook of {M}athematical {F}unctions",
+ PUBLISHER="Dover Publications",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ YEAR=1972}
+
+@BOOK{wall1996,
+ AUTHOR="Wall, L. and Christiansen, T. and Schwartz, R. L.",
+ TITLE="{P}rogramming {P}erl",
+ PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.",
+ ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{iso15924,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:15924{~}1999",
+ TITLE="{C}odes for the {R}epresentation ofg {N}ames of {S}cripts",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 15924",
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{iso03166,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{0}}3166{~}1997",
+ TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {C}ountries and {T}heir
+ {S}ubdivisions--{Part~I}: {C}ountry {C}odes",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 3166",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{iso00639,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{00}}639{~}1988",
+ TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {L}anguages",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 639",
+ YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{iso00639-2,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{00}}639-2{~}1998",
+ TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {L}anguages--{Part~2}:
+ {A}lpha-3 {C}ode",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 639-2",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{iso08879,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{0}}8879{~}1986",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing--{T}ext and {O}ffice {S}ystems--{S}tandard
+ {G}eneralized {M}arkup {L}anguage {(GGML)}. {F}irst {E}dition, 1986-10-15",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 8879",
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{iso10179,
+ AUTHOR="ISO:10179{~}1996",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{P}rocessing {L}anguages--{D}ocument {S}tyle
+ {S}emantics and {S}pecification {L}anguage {(DSSSL)}. {F}irst edition, 1996",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO 10179,
+ {\url{ftp://ftp.ornl.gov/pub/sgml/WG98/DSSSL/dsssl96b.pdf}}.",
+ YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{iso/iec10646-1,
+ AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:10646-1{~}1993",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{U}niversal {M}ultiple-{O}ctet {C}oded {C}haracter
+ {S}et {(ICS)}--{Part~1}: {A}rchitecture and {B}asic {M}ultilanguage {P}lane, (with
+ amendments)",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 10646-1",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{iso/iec18672,
+ AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:18672{~}1993",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{C}oding of {M}oving {P}ictures and {A}ssociated
+ {A}udio for {D}igital {S}torage {M}edia at up to 1,5{~Mbit/s}--{Parts~1} {to~4}",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 9070:18672",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{iso/iec14772-1,
+ AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:14772-1{~}1998",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{C}omputer {G}raphics and {I}mage
+ {P}rocessing--{T}he {V}irtual {R}eality {M}odeling {L}anguage--{Part~1}: {F}unctional
+ {S}pecification and {UTF-8} {E}ncoding",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 14772-1",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{iso/iec8859-1,
+ AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:{\noopsort{0}}8859-1{~}1998",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--8-{B}it {S}imgle-{B}yte {C}oded {G}raphic
+ {C}haracter {S}ets--{Part~1}: {L}atin {A}lphabet {No.~1}",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 8859-1",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{iso/iec9070,
+ AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:{\noopsort{0}}9070{~}1991",
+ TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing--{SGML} {S}upport {F}acilities--{R}egistration
+ {P}rocedures for {P}ublic {T}ext {O}wner {I}dentifiers. {S}econd edition, 15 April 1991",
+ PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization",
+ ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse",
+ NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 9070",
+ YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{darton1994,
+ AUTHOR="Mike Darton and John O.E. Clark",
+ TITLE="{T}he {D}ent {D}ictionary of {M}easurement",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ PUBLISHER="J.M. Dent",
+ YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{Jerrard1992,
+ AUTHOR="H.G. Jerrard and D.B McNeill",
+ TITLE="{A} {D}ictionary of {S}cientific {U}nits",
+ EDITION="sixi{\`e}me",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ PUBLISHER="Chapman and Hall",
+ YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{zupko1985,
+ AUTHOR="Ronald Edward Zupko",
+ TITLE="{A} {D}ictionary of {W}eights and {M}easures
+ for the {B}ritish {I}sles: {T}he {M}iddle {A}ges to the {T}wentieth
+ {C}entury",
+ ADDRESS="Philadelphia",
+ PUBLISHER="American Philosophical Society (Memoir {\#168})",
+ YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{romano1999,
+ AUTHOR="Romano, Frank J.",
+ TITLE="{PDF} {P}rinting and {W}orkflow",
+ PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall PTR",
+ ADDRESS="Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, {\url{http://www.phptr.com}}",
+ ISBN="0-13-020837-X",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOKLET{Lawson1990,
+ AUTHOR="Lawson, Alexander",
+ TITLE="{A}natomy of a {T}ypeface",
+ ADDRESS="Londres et Boston",
+ YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOKLET{Moran1971,
+ AUTHOR="Moran, James and Morison, Stanley",
+ TITLE="His typographic achievement",
+ ADDRESS="Londres",
+ YEAR=1971}
+
+@BOOKLET{Tschichold1965,
+ AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan",
+ TITLE="{M}eisterbuch der {S}chrift",
+ ADDRESS="Ravensburg",
+ YEAR=1965}
+
+@BOOKLET{Wetzig1962,
+ AUTHOR="Wetzig, Emil",
+ TITLE="{K}ursiv als {B}uchschrift",
+ ADDRESS="Pages 39-43 dans Gutenberg-Jahrbuch",
+ YEAR=1962}
+
+@ARTICLE{TTC99,
+ AUTHOR="Christina Thiele",
+ TITLE="{T}he {T}reasure {C}hest: {P}ackage tours from {CTAN}",
+ JOURNAL=TUGboat,
+ VOLUME=20,
+ NUMBER=1,
+ PAGES="53--58",
+ MONTH=mar,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{encguide,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach",
+ title = "{\texttt{encguide.tex}}",
+ note = "{\`{A}} para{\^{\i}}tre dans la distribution
+ {\LaTeXe} de base. {U}n jour. {D}u moins, telle est
+ l'intention"}
+
+@MISC{fre+cichon,
+AUTHOR="Fremlin, D. H.",
+TITLE="{C}ichon's diagram",
+YEAR="1983/1984",
+NOTE="{P}r{\'e}sent{\'e} au {S\'e}minaire {I}nitiation {\`a}
+l'{A}nalyse, {G.~C}hoquet, {M.~R}ogalski, {J.~S}aint {R}aymond,
+{\`a} l'{U}niversit{\'e} {P}ierre et {M}arie {C}urie, {P}aris, 23e
+ann{\'e}e."
+}
+
+@BOOK{bennett1951,
+EDITOR="Bennett, Paul A.",
+TITLE="{B}ooks and {P}rinting: {A} {T}reasury for {T}ypophiles",
+ADDRESS="Cleveland",
+YEAR=1951}
+
+@BOOK{defrancis1989,
+AUTHOR="DeFrancis, John",
+TITLE="{V}isible {S}peech: {T}he {D}iverse {O}neness of {W}riting {S}yatems",
+ADDRESS="Honolulu",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{degering1965,
+AUTHOR="Gegering, Hermann",
+TITLE="{L}ettering",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1965}
+
+@BOOK{gaur1984,
+AUTHOR="Gaur, Albertine",
+TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {W}riting",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{gelb1963,
+AUTHOR="Gelb, I.J.",
+TITLE="{A} {S}tudy of {W}riting",
+ADDRESS="Chicago",
+EDITION="deuxi{è}me",
+YEAR=1963}
+
+@BOOK{gray1986,
+AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolette",
+TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {L}ettering",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{gray1971,
+AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolette",
+TITLE="{L}ettering as {D}rawing",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1971}
+
+@BOOK{kenney1974,
+AUTHOR="Kenney, E. J.",
+TITLE="{T}he {C}lassical {T}ext: {A}spects of {E}diting in the {A}ge of the {P}rinted {B}ook",
+ADDRESS="Berkeley",
+YEAR=1974}
+
+@BOOK{knuttel1951,
+AUTHOR="Knuttel, Gerard",
+TITLE="{T}he {L}etter as a {W}ork of {A}rt",
+ADDRESS="Amsterdam",
+YEAR=1951}
+
+@BOOK{Meggs1983,
+AUTHOR="Meggs, Philip B.",
+TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {G}raphic {D}esign",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{Morison1972,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+TITLE="{P}olitics and {S}cript",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1972}
+
+@BOOK{Morison1981,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+TITLE="Selected Essays on the History of Letter-forms",
+Note="2 volumes",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.",
+YEAR=1981}
+
+@BOOK{vervliet1972,
+EDITOR="Vervliet, H. D. L.",
+TITLE="{T}he {B}ook through 5000 {Y}ears",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1972}
+
+@BOOK{avrin1991,
+AUTHOR="Avrin, Leila",
+TITLE="{S}cribes, {S}cript and {B}ooks: {T}he {B}ook {A}rts from {A}ntiquity to {R}enaissance",
+ADDRESS="Chicago et Londres",
+YEAR=1991}
+
+@BOOK{diringer1953,
+AUTHOR="Diringer, David",
+TITLE="{T}he {H}and {P}roduced {B}ook",
+NOTE="R{\'e}impression dans {\cite{diringer1982}}",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1953}
+
+@BOOK{diringer1982,
+AUTHOR="Diringer, David",
+TITLE="{T}he {B}ook {B}efore {P}rinting",
+NOTE="R{\'e}impression de {\cite{diringer1953}}",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{jeffery1990,
+AUTHOR="Jeffery, Lillian K.",
+TITLE="{T}he {L}ocal {S}cripts of {A}rchaic {G}reece",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{knight1984,
+AUTHOR="Knight, Stan",
+TITLE="{H}istorical {S}cripts",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1984}
+
+@BOOK{noordzij1982,
+AUTHOR="Noordz{\ij}, Gerrit",
+TITLE="{T}he {S}troke of the {P}en",
+ADDRESS="The Hague",
+YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{parkes1993,
+AUTHOR="Parkes, M. B.",
+TITLE="{P}ause and {E}ffect",
+ADDRESS="Berkeley",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{stevick1994,
+AUTHOR="Stevick, Robert D.",
+TITLE="{T}he {E}arliest {I}rish and {E}nglish {B}ookarts",
+ADDRESS="Philadelphia",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{wardrop1963,
+AUTHOR="Wardrop, James",
+TITLE="{T}he {S}cript of {H}umanism",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1963}
+
+@BOOK{barker1992,
+AUTHOR="Barker, Nicolas",
+TITRE="{A}ldus {M}anutius and the {D}evelopment of {G}reek {S}cript and {T}ype in the {F}ifteenth {C}entury",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+EDITION="deuxi{è}me",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@BOOK{blumenthal1973,
+AUTHOR="Blumenthal. Joseph",
+TITLE="{A}rt of the {P}rinted {B}ook",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1973}
+
+@BOOK{carter1969,
+AUTHOR="Carter, Harry",
+TITLE="{A} {V}iew of {E}arly {T}ypography",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1969}
+
+@BOOK{BM1908-85,
+KEY="British Museum",
+AUTHOR="{British Museum}",
+TITLE="{C}atalog of {B}ooks {P}rinted in the {\textsc{XV}}th {C}entury {N}ow in the {B}ritish
+{M}useum",
+NOTE="Douze volumes {\`a} ce jour",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR="1908--85"}
+
+@BOOK{chappell1970,
+AUTHOR="Chappell, Warren",
+TITLE="{A} {S}hort {H}istory of the {P}rinted Word",
+PUBLISHER="{The New York Times}",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1970}
+
+@BOOK{chappell1999,
+AUTHOR="Chappell, Warren and Bringhurst, Robert",
+TITLE="{A} {S}hort {H}istory of the {P}rinted Word",
+EDITION="seconde",
+ADDRESS="Vancouver",
+PUBLISHER="Hartley {\&} Marks",
+ISBN="0-88179-154-7",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{day1966,
+EDITOR="Day, Kenneth",
+TITLE="{B}ook {T}ypography 1815--1965",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1966}
+
+@BOOK{dreyfus1963-72,
+EDITOR="Dreyfus, John",
+TITLE="{T}ype {S}pecimen {F}ac{S}imiles",
+NOTE="Deux volumes",
+YEAR="1963--72"}
+
+@BOOK{enschede1978,
+AUTHOR="Ensched{\'e}, Charles",
+TITLE="{T}ypefoundries in the {N}etherlands",
+NOTE="Traduit avec r{é}visions et notes par Harry Carter",
+ADDRESS="Haarlem, Netherlands",
+YEAR=1978}
+
+@MISC{fine-print,
+KEY="fineprint",
+TITLE="{F}ine {P}rint on {T}ype: {T}he {B}est of {F}ine {P}rint {M}agazine on {T}ype and
+{T}ypography. San Francisco",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{huss1973,
+AUTHOR="Huss, Richard E.",
+TITLE="{T}he {D}evelopment of {P}rinters' {M}echanical {T}ypesetting {M}ethods, 1822--1925",
+ADDRESS="Charlottesville, Virginia",
+YEAR=1973}
+
+@BOOK{johnson1970,
+AUTHOR="Johnson, A. F.",
+TITLE="{S}elected {E}ssays on {B}ooks and {P}rinting",
+ADDRESS="Amsterdam",
+year=1970}
+
+@BOOK{layton1994,
+AUTHOR="Layton, Evro",
+TITLE="{T}he {S}ixteenth {C}entury {G}reek {B}ook in {I}taly",
+ADDRESS="Venise",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{morison1996,
+YEAR=1996,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+TITLE="{L}etter {F}orms: {T}ypographic and {S}criptorial",
+ADDRESS="New York 1966, Vancouver 1996"}
+
+@BOOK{morison1963,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley and Day, Kenneth",
+TITLE="{T}he {T}ypographic {B}ook, 1450--1935",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1963}
+
+@BOOK{proctor1900,
+AUTHOR="Proctor, Robert",
+TITLE="{T}he {P}rinting of {G}reek in the {F}ifteenth {C}entury",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1900}
+
+@BOOK{scholderer1927,
+AUTHOR="Scholderer, Victor",
+TITLE="{G}reek {P}rinting {T}ypes 1465--1927",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1927}
+
+@BOOK{steinberg1996,
+AUTHOR="Steinberg, S. H.",
+TITLE="{F}ive {H}undred {Y}ears of {P}rinting",
+EDITION="quatri{\`e}me",
+ADDRESS="Newcastle, Delaware",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{vervliet1981,
+AUTHOR="Vervliet, H. D. L.",
+TITLE="{C}yrillic and {O}riental {T}ypography in {R}ome at the {E}nd of the {S}ixteenth
+{C}entury: {A}n {I}nquiry into the {W}ork of {R}obert {G}ranjon",
+ADDRESS="Berkeley",
+YEAR=1981}
+
+@BOOK{zimmer1983,
+AUTHOR="Zimmer, Szczepan K.",
+TITLE="{T}he {B}eginning of {C}yrillic {P}rinting",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{carter1987,
+AUTHOR="Carter, Sebastian",
+TITLE="{T}wentieth-{C}entury {T}ype {D}esigners",
+ADDRESS="Londres et New York",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{dreyfus1952,
+AUTHOR="Dreyfus, John",
+TITLE="{T}he {W}ork of {J}an van {K}rimpem",
+ADDRESS="The Hague",
+YEAR=1952}
+
+@BOOK{goudy1978,
+AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederic W.",
+TITLE="{G}oudy's {T}ype {D}esigns",
+ADDRESS="New Rochelle, N.Y.",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+YEAR=1978}
+
+@BOOK{goudy1940,
+AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederic W.",
+TITLE="{T}ypologia: {S}tudies in {T}ype {D}esign {\&} {T}ype {M}aking",
+ADDRESS="Berkeley et Los Angeles",
+YEAR=1940}
+
+@BOOK{mclean1975,
+AUTHOR="McLean, Rauri",
+TITLE="{J}an {T}schichold: {T}ypographer",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1975}
+
+@BOOK{morison1973,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley and others",
+TITLE="{A} {T}ally of {T}ypes",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.",
+EDITION="deuxi{è}me",
+YEAR=1973}
+
+@BOOK{snyder1985,
+AUTHOR="Snyder, Gertrude and Peckolick, Alan",
+TITLE="{H}erb {L}ubalin",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{spencer1982,
+AUTHOR="Spencer, Herbert",
+TITLE="{P}ioneers of {M}odern {T}ypography",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.",
+NOTE="{\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e",
+YEAR=1982}
+
+@BOOK{zapf1970b,
+AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann",
+TITLE="{M}anuale {T}ypographicum",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge Mass.",
+NOTE="{\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e",
+YEAR=1970}
+
+@BOOK{zapf1968,
+AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann",
+TITLE="{M}anuale {T}ypographicum 1968",
+ADDRESS="Francfort et New York",
+YEAR=1968}
+
+@BOOK{zapf1978,
+AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann",
+TITLE="{T}ypographic {V}ariations",
+ADDRESS="New Rochelle, N.Y.",
+EDITION="deuxi{è}me",
+YEAR=1978}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{benjamin1970,
+AUTHOR="Benjamin, Walter",
+TITLE="{T}he {W}ork of {A}rt in the {A}ge of {M}echanical {R}eproduction",
+BOOKTITLE="{I}lluminations",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1970}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{davids1985,
+AUTHOR="Davids, Betsy and Petrillo, Jim",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}rtist as {B}ook {P}rinter",
+BOOKTITLE="{A}rtists' {B}ooks",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+EDITOR="Joan Lyons",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{dowding1966,
+AUTHOR="Dowding, Geoffrey",
+TITLE="{F}iner {P}oints in the {S}pacing and {A}rrangement of {T}ype",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+EDITION="troisi{\`e}me",
+YEAR=1966}
+
+@BOOK{duncan1987,
+AUTHOR="Duncan, Harry",
+TITLE="{D}oors of {P}erception",
+ADDRESS="Austin, Texas",
+YEAR=1987}
+
+@BOOK{gill1993,
+AUTHOR="Gill, Eric",
+TITLE="{A}n {E}ssay on {T}ypography",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{huntley1970,
+AUTHOR="Huntley, H. E.",
+TITLE="{T}he {D}ivine {P}roportion: {A} {S}tudy in {M}athematical {B}eauty",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1970}
+
+@BOOK{lecorbusier1954,
+AUTHOR={{Le Corbusier}},
+TITLE="{T}he {M}odulor",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.",
+YEAR=1954}
+
+@BOOK{morison1936,
+AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley",
+TITLE="{F}irst {P}rinciples of {T}ypography",
+xADDRESS="New York",
+PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press",
+YEAR=1936}
+
+@BOOK{mumford1952,
+AUTHOR="Mumford, Lewis",
+TITLE="{A}rt and {T}echnics",
+ADDRESS="New Tork",
+YEAR=1952}
+
+@BOOK{pye1968,
+AUTHOR="Pye, David",
+TITLE="{T}he {N}ature and {A}rt of {W}orlmanship",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.",
+YEAR=1968},
+
+@BOOK{stevens1974,
+AUTHOR="Stevens, Peter S.",
+TITLE="{P}atterns in {N}ature",
+ADDRES="Boston",
+YEAR=1974}
+
+@BOOK{thompson1961,
+AUTHOR="Thompson, {D'A}rcy",
+TITLE="{O}n {G}rowth and {F}orm",
+ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.L.",
+YEAR="1917; {\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e 1942; abr{\'e}g{\'e}e par {J. T. B}onner, 1961"}
+
+@BOOK{tschichold1967,
+AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan",
+TITLE="{A}symmetric {T}ypography",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1967}
+
+@BOOK{warde1955,
+AUTHOR="Warde, Beatrice",
+TITLE="{T}he {C}hrystal {G}obelet",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1955}
+
+@BOOK{washburn1988,
+AUTHOR="Washburn, Dorothy K. and Crowe, Donald W.",
+TITLE="{S}ymmetries of {C}ulture: {T}heory and {P}ractice of {P}lane {P}attern {A}nalysis",
+ADDRESS="Seattle",
+YEAR=1988}
+
+@BOOK{dair1967,
+AUTHOR="Dair, Carl",
+TITLE="{D}esign with {T}ype",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ADDRESS="Toronto",
+YEAR=1967}
+
+@BOOK{itten1961,
+AUTHOR="Itten, Johannes",
+TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {C}olor",
+NOTE="traduit par Ernst von Haagen",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1961}
+
+@BOOK{karow1994a,
+AUTHOR="Karow, Peter",
+TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypefaces: {D}escription and {F}ormats",
+EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me",
+ADDRESS="Berlin",
+PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ISBN="0-387-56509-4",
+NOTE="Traduit par Bill Horton",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@BOOK{legros1980,
+AUTHOR="Legros, L. A. and Grant J. C.",
+TITLE="{T}ypographical {P}rinting {S}urfaces",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1980}
+
+@BOOK{mclean1980,
+AUTHOR="McLean, Rauri",
+TITLE="{T}he {T}hames and {H}udson {M}anual of {T}ypography",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+publisher="Thames and Hudson Ltd.",
+ISBN="0-500-68022-1",
+YEAR="1980, 1988, 1992"}
+
+@BOOK{douclas1989,
+AUTHOR="Douclas, Martin",
+TITLE="{B}ook {D}esign: {A} {P}ractical {I}ntroduction",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{tufte1990,
+AUTHOR="Tufte, Edward R.",
+TITLE="{E}nvisioning {I}nformation",
+ADDRESS="Cheshire, Connecticut",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{tufte1983,
+AUTHOR="Tufte, Edward R.",
+TITLE="{T}he {V}isual {D}isplay of {Q}uantitative {I}nformation",
+ADDRESS="Cheshire, Connecticut",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{west1973,
+AUTHOR="Wrst, Martin L.",
+TITLE="{T}extual {C}riticism and {E}ditorial {T}echnique {A}pplicalble to {G}reek and {L}atin {T}exts",
+ADDRESS="Stuttgart",
+YEAR=1973}
+
+@BOOK{wick1965,
+AUTHOR="Wick, Carl",
+TITLE="{R}ules for {T}ypesetting {M}athematics",
+ADDRESS="Prague",
+YEAR=1965}
+
+@BOOK{williamson1983,
+AUTHOR="Williamson, Hugh",
+TITLE="{M}ethods of {B}ook {D}esign",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1983}
+
+@BOOK{wilson1993,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Adrian",
+TITLE="{T}he {D}esign of {B}ooks",
+ADDRESS="San Francisco, California",
+PUBLISHER="Chronicle Books",
+ISBN="0-8118-0304-X",
+YEAR=1993}
+
+@BOOK{coulmas1989,
+AUTHOR="Coulmas, Florian",
+TITLE="{T}he {W}riting {S}ystem of the {W}orld",
+ADDRESS="Oxford",
+YEAR=1989}
+
+@BOOK{daniels1996,
+AUTHOR="Daniels, Peter T. and {Bright, {\'e}d.}, William",
+TITLE="{T}he {W}orld's {W}riting {S}ystems",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@BOOK{hlavsa1961,
+AUTHOR="Hlavsa, Old{\v{r}}ich",
+TITLE="{A} {B}ook of {T}ype and {D}esign",
+ADDRESS="New York",
+YEAR=1961}
+
+@BOOK{iso6937,
+AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}",
+TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: {C}oded {C}haracter {S}ets for {T}ext {C}ommunication.
+{\textsc{ISO~6937}}. {\textrm{Parts~1--2 {\&} Addendum~01}}",
+ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+YEAR="1983--89"}
+
+@BOOK{iso8859,
+AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}",
+TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: 8-bit {S}ingle-byte {C}oded {G}raphic {C}haracter
+{S}ets. {\textsc{ISO~8859}}. {\textrm{Parts~1--9}}",
+ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+YEAR="1987--89"}
+
+@BOOK{iso10646,
+AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}",
+TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: {U}niversal {M}ultiple {O}ctet {C}oded {C}haracter
+{S}et. {\textsc{ISO~10646}}. {\textrm{Part~1}:} {A}rchitecture and {B}asic {M}ultilingual
+{P}lane",
+ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve",
+YEAR="1987--89"}
+
+@BOOK{sutton1968,
+AUTHOR="Sutton, James and Bartram, Alan",
+TITLE="{A}n {A}tlas of {T}ypeforms",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1968}
+
+@BOOK{JMPL,
+AUTHOR="Bayart, Benjamin",
+TITLE="Joli manuel pour {\LaTeXe}, guide local de l'{ESIEE}",
+ADDRESS="{\url{CTAN:/tex-archive/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz}}",
+MONTH=dec,
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@BOOK{MRHA1996,
+AUTHOR="Price, Glanville and others",
+EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me",
+TITLE="{MRHA} {S}tyle book",
+PUBLISHER="{MRHA}",
+ADDRESS="Londres",
+YEAR=1996}
+
+@MISC{plari,
+TITLE="The {\texttt{plari}} class",
+AUTHOR="Antti-Juhani Kaijanaho",
+ADDRESS="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/plari}}",
+MONTH=nov,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@TechReport{Knuth++91,
+ author = {Donald E. Knuth},
+ title = {Fixed-point glue setting},
+ institution = {\url{CTAN:/systems/knuth/glue.web}},
+ year = 1991
+}
+
+
+@Article{Knuth++82,
+ author = {Donald E. Knuth},
+ title = {Fixed-point arithmetic for {\TeX}},
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = 1982,
+ volume = 1,
+ number = 3,
+ pages = {10--27},
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{hypatia,
+TITLE="{H}ypatia's {G}uide to {\BibTeX}",
+AUTHOR="Paul Taylor and Mark Dawson",
+YEAR=1996,
+MONTH=may,
+ADDRESS="{\url{http://hypatia.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/html/bibliography.html}}"
+}
+@BOOK{guillemin1981,
+TITLE="Syntaxe compar{\'e}e du fran{\c{c}}ais et de l'anglais,
+probl{\`e}mes de traduction",
+AUTHOR="Guillemin-Flesher, Jacqueline",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {O}phrys",
+YEAR="1981, 1983, 1986",
+ISBN="2-7080-0502-2"}
+
+@ARTICLE{goosens1992,
+AUTHOR="Goossens, Michel and Herw{\ij}nen, Eric van",
+TITLE="Scientific text processing",
+JOURNAL="International Journal of Modern Phycics C [Physics and Computers]",
+MONTH=jun,
+VOLUME=3,
+NUMBER=3,
+PAGE="479--546",
+YEAR=1992}
+
+@Article{Goossens+TB16-4-95,
+ author = "Michel Goossens",
+ title = "{{Writing the future is reading the past}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "353--354",
+ issn= "0896--3207",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@BOOK{encychose,
+TITLE="{E}ncyclop{\'e}die de la chose imprim{\'e}e --- du papier {\`a} l'{\'e}cran",
+EDITOR="Combier, Marc and Pesez, Yvette",
+PUBLISHER="Retz/Her",
+ADDRESS="Paris",
+NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de {F}ran{\c{c}}ois {R}ichaudeau",
+ISBN="2-7256-1773-1",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{unicode3,
+TITLE="{T}he {U}nicode {S}tandard, {V}ersion 3.0",
+KEY="Unicode",
+AUTHOR="{T}he {U}nicode {C}onsortium",
+ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley Developers Press",
+MONTH=fev,
+YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOK{eckstein-xml,
+TITLE="{XML} pr{\'e}cis et concis",
+AUTHOR="Eckstein, Robert and Casabianca, Michel",
+NOTE="Traduction de {J}ames {G}u{\'e}rin",
+PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions O'Reilly",
+ADDRESS="18, rue S{\'e}guier, 75006 PARIS",
+ISBN="2-84177-104-0",
+MONTH=mar,
+YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOKLET{REPEAT,
+ AUTHOR="Victor E{\ij}khout",
+ TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{repeat}}",
+ ADDRESS="University of Illinois, Urbana-Campaign, USA",
+ NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/generic/eijkhout/repeat}"}
+
+@ARTICLE{EG98,
+ AUTHOR="Esperet, Philippe and Girou, Denis",
+ JOURNAL=j-GUTENBERG,
+ TITLE="Coloriage du pavage dit de {T}ruchet",
+ VOLUME=31,
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=1998,
+ pages="5--18",
+ note="voir{~\url{http://www.gutenberg.eu.org/pub/GUTenberg/publicationsPS/31-girou.ps.gz}}"
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{ALDRATEX,
+AUTHOR="Gurari, Eitan M.",
+TITLE="{\textsf{(Al)Dra\TeX}}",
+ADDRESS="Ohio State University, Columbus, USA",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN: graphics/dratex}} (voir aussi
+ {\url{http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/systems.html}})"
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{FORMLETT,
+AUTHOR="Jiang, Zhuhan",
+TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{formlett}}",
+ADDRESS="University of New England, Armidale, Australia",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN: macros/generic/formlett.sty}} (voir aussi
+{\url{http://maths.une.edu.au/~zhuhan/util.html#computer}})"
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{MULTIDO,
+AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van",
+TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{multido}}",
+ADDRESS="INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN: macros/generic/multido}}"
+}
+
+@BOOKLET{PSTRICKSa,
+AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van",
+TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{PSTricks}}",
+ADDRESS="INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France",
+NOTE="{\url{CTAN: graphics/pstricks}} (voir aussi
+{\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks}})"
+}
+
+@Book{Deledicq97,
+ author = {Andr\'e Deledicq},
+ title = {Le monde des pavages},
+ year = {1997},
+ publisher = {ACL \'Editions}
+}
+
+@Article{Gardner75,
+ author = {Martin Gardner},
+ title = {On tesselating the plane with convex polygon tiles},
+ journal = {Scientific American},
+ year = {1975},
+ month = Jul,
+ pages = {112--117}
+}
+
+@Article{Girou94,
+ author = {Denis Girou},
+ title = {Pr\'esentation de PSTricks},
+ journal = {Cahiers GUTenberg},
+ year = {1994},
+ month = feb,
+ volume = {16},
+ pages = {21--70}
+}
+
+@Misc{Girou95,
+ author = {Denis Girou},
+ title = {Building high level objects in PSTricks, TUG'95, St Petersburg,
+ Florida},
+ year = {1995},
+ howpublished = {Available at
+ {\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/TUG95-PSTricks_4.ps.gz}}}
+}
+
+@Book{GS87,
+ author = {Branko Gr\"unbaum and Geoffrey Shephard},
+ title = {Tilings and Patterns},
+ year = {1987},
+ publisher = {Freeman and Company}
+}
+
+@Article{Laan96,
+ author = {Kees van der Laan},
+ title = {Paradigms: Just a little bit of PostScript},
+ journal = {MAPS},
+ year = {1996},
+ volume = {17},
+ pages = {137--150}
+}
+
+@Article{MLgraphTSI,
+ author = {Emmanuel Chailloux and Guy Cousineau and Asc\'ander Su\'arez},
+ title = {Programmation fonctionnelle de graphismes pour la production
+ d'illustrations techniques},
+ journal = {Technique et science informatique},
+ year = {1996},
+ volume = {15},
+ number = {7},
+ pages = {977--1007}
+}
+
+@Misc{PstChart,
+ author = {Denis Girou},
+ title = {PstChart. Business charts in {\AllTeX{}} + PostScript with PSTricks},
+ year = {1993-1998},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/PstChart}}
+}
+
+@Misc{XYpic,
+ author = {Kristoffer H. Rose and Ross Moore},
+ title = {{\XYpic}. Pattern and Tile extension},
+ version = {3.5},
+ year = {1991-1998},
+ howpublished = {Available from {CTAN}, {\url{macros/generic/diagrams/xypic}}}
+}
+
+@Misc{XYpic-polygon,
+ author = {Kristoffer H. Rose and Ross Moore},
+ title = {{\XYpic}. Polygon feature},
+ version = {3.5},
+ year = {1991-1998},
+ howpublished = {Available from {CTAN}, {\url{macros/generic/diagrams/xypic}}}
+}
+
+@Misc{kloeckl2000,
+ author="Kl{\"o}ckl, Ingo",
+ title="{\LaTeXe}: {T}ips und {T}ricks",
+ ISBN="3-932588-37-1",
+ year=2000}
+
+@article{Bell+TB8-1-54,
+author="{Bell, II}, Edwin V.",
+title="{A}uto{L}etter: a {\TeX\ } form letter procedure",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=8,
+number=1,
+pages=54,
+month=avr,
+year=1987}
+
+@article{Garavelli+TB8-1-53,
+author="Garavelli, John S.",
+title="Form letter macros",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=8,
+number=1,
+pages=53,
+month=avr,
+year=1987}
+
+@article{Lee+TB7-3-187,
+author="Lee, John",
+title="Form letters",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=7,
+number=1,
+pages=187,
+month=oct,
+year=1986}
+
+@article{McKinstry+TB8-1-60,
+author="McKinstry, Graeme",
+title="Form letters",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=8,
+number=1,
+pages=60,
+month=avr,
+year=1987}
+
+@article{Bolek98,
+author="Bolek, Piotr",
+title="{\MPT} and patterns",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=19,
+number=3,
+pages="276--283",
+month=sep,
+year=1998,
+note="Disponible sur CTAN en {\url{graphics/metapost/macros/mpattern/}}",
+}
+
+@article{Wang65,
+author="Wang, Hao",
+title="{G}ames, {L}ogic and {C}omputers",
+journal="Scientific American",
+pages="98--106",
+month=nov,
+year=1965}
+
+@BOOK{kreher1998,
+AUTHOR="Kreher, Donald L. and Stinson, Douglas R.",
+TITLE="{C}ombinatorial {A}lgorithms: {G}eneration, {E}numeration and {S}earch",
+PUBLISHER="CRC Press LTC",
+ADDRESS="Boca Raton (FL)",
+ISBN="084933988X",
+MONTH=dec,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{byram2,
+AUTHOR="David Byram-Wigfield",
+TITLE="The {T}inydict {T}inyguide",
+PUBLISHER="Cappella Archive",
+ADDRESS="Foley Terrace, Great Malvern, WR14 4RQ, England",
+NOTE="{\url{http://www.cappella.demon.co.uk}} ou
+{\url{byram@cappella.demon.co.uk}}",
+MONTH=oct,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{Davies1997,
+ author="W. V. Davies",
+ title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {E}gyptian {H}ieroglyphs",
+ publisher="University of California Press/British Museum",
+ isbn="0-520-06287-6",
+ year=1997}
+
+@BOOK{Healey1990,
+ author="Healey, John F.",
+ title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {T}he {E}arly {A}lphabet",
+ publisher="University of California Press/British Museum",
+ isbn="0-520-07309-6",
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{Walker1987,
+ author="C. B. F. Walker",
+ title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {C}uneiform",
+ publisher="University of California Press/British Museum",
+ isbn="0-520-06115-2",
+ year=1987}
+
+@MISC{HIEROGLYPH,
+ author="Serge Rosmorduc",
+ title="A {\LaTeX}periment of hieroglyphic typesetting",
+ note="Disponible sur {CTAN} dans {\url{tex-archive/fonts/hieroglyph}}.",
+ year=1995}
+
+@article{MANCOD,
+ AUTHOR = {Jan Buurman and Nicolas Grimal and Michael Hainsworth and Jochen Hallof
+ and Dirk {Van der Plas}},
+ TITLE = {Inventaire des signes hi{\'e}roglyphyques en vue de leur saisie
+ informatique},
+ JOURNAL = {M{\'e}moires de l'{A}cad{\'e}mie des {I}nscriptions et {B}elles
+ {L}ettres, {P}aris},
+ YEAR = {1988},
+}
+
+@booklet{adams1997,
+ AUTHOR="Adams, William F.",
+ TITLE="{O}ne {T}ypeface, many fonts ({A} {G}uide to {R}oman and {I}talic {D}esign)",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://members.aol.com/willadams/portfolio/typography/onetype.pdf}}",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@book{catich1985,
+ author="Catich, Edward M. Fra",
+ title="{T}he {O}rigin of the {S}erif: {B}rush {W}riting {{\&}} {R}oman {L}etters",
+ publisher="St. Ambrose University",
+ address="Davenport, Iowa",
+ ISBN="paperback 0-9629740-1-3, hardcover 0-9629740-0-5",
+ year=1985}
+
+@book{chappell1935,
+ author="Chappell, Warren",
+ title="{T}he {A}natomy of {L}ettering",
+ publisher="Lorin {{\&}} Mussey",
+ address="New York",
+ year=1935}
+
+@book{chappell1975,
+ author="Chappell, Warren",
+ title="{T}he {L}iving {A}lphabet",
+ publisher="The University of Virginia Press",
+ address="Charlottesvile",
+ ISBN="0813906350",
+ year=1975}
+
+@book{charatan1993,
+ author="Charatan, Karen",
+ title="{ABC-ZIG} {C}alligraphy",
+ publisher="EK Success",
+ address="Carlstadt, New Jersey",
+ year=1993}
+
+@book{harvey1996,
+ author="Harvey, Michael",
+ title="{C}reative {L}ettering {T}oday",
+ publisher="Design Books",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="1-55821-453-4",
+ year=1996}
+
+@BOOK{knudsen1985,
+ author="Knudsen, Carolyn",
+ title="{A}n {I}talic {C}alligraphy {H}andbook",
+ publisher="Stemmer House Publishers, Inc.",
+ address="Owings Mills, MD",
+ ISBN="0-88045-067-3",
+ year=1985}
+
+@BOOK{lupfer1982,
+ author="Lupfer, E. A.",
+ title="{O}rnate {P}ictorial {C}alligraphy: {G}ems of {F}lourishing",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-486-21957-7",
+ year=1982}
+
+@BOOK{meehan1991,
+ author="Meehan, Aidan",
+ title="{C}eltic {D}esign: {A} {B}eginner's {M}anual",
+ publisher="Thames and Hudson",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-500-27629-3",
+ year=1991}
+
+@BOOK{meehan1992,
+ author="Meehan, Aidan",
+ title="{C}eltic {D}esign: {I}llumitated {L}etters",
+ publisher="Thames and Hudson",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-500-27685-4",
+ year=1992}
+
+@BOOK{ogg1948,
+ author="Ogg, Oscar",
+ title="{T}he 26 {L}etters",
+ publisher="The Thomas Y. Crowell Company",
+ address="New York",
+ year=1948}
+
+@BOOK{sogen1990,
+ author="Sogen, Omori and {Terayama Katsujo}",
+ title="{Z}en and the {A}rt of {C}alligraphy",
+ publisher="Pengin Group, Arkansas",
+ address="Londres",
+ ISBN="0-14-019144-5",
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{seligman1994,
+ author="Seligman, Patricia",
+ title="{T}lluminated {A}lphabet",
+ publisher="Quarto Inc.",
+ address="Londres",
+ ISBN="1-56138-458-5",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{tomkins1983,
+ author="Tomkins, Thomas and Milns, William",
+ title="{O}rnemental {P}enmanship: {T}wo {E}ighteenth-{C}entury {E}nglish {C}lassics of
+ {C}alligraphy",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-486-24449-0",
+ note="Fac-simil{\'e} de {\emph{The Beauties of Writing}} par Tomkins, 1777 et
+ {\emph{The Penman's Repository}} par Milnes, 1794-95",
+ year=1983}
+
+@BOOK{d-wilson1990,
+ author="Wilson, Diana Hardy",
+ title="{T}he {E}ncyclopedia of {C}alligraphy {T}echniques",
+ publisher="Quarto Book",
+ address="Philadelphia",
+ ISBN="0-89471-850-9",
+ year=1999}
+
+@BOOK{winters1994,
+ author="Winters, Eleanor",
+ title="{M}astering {C}opperplate {C}alligraphy",
+ publisher="Gramercy Books",
+ address="Avenel, New Jersey",
+ ISBN="0-517-10134-3",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{wotzkow1967,
+ author="Wotzkow, Helm",
+ title="{T}he {A}rt of {H}and {L}ettering: {I}ts {M}astery and {P}ractice",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-486-21797-3",
+ year=1967}
+
+@BOOK{zapf1985,
+ author="Zapf, Hermann",
+ title="{C}reative {T}ypography: {I}instructions and {A}lphabets",
+ publisher="Rotring-werke Riepe KG",
+ address="Allemagne",
+ year=1985}
+
+@BOOK{clark1997,
+ author="Clark, Nick",
+ title="{D}uotones, {T}ritones and {Q}uadtones: {A} {C}omplete {V}isual {G}uide to
+ {E}nhancing {T}wo-, {T}hree-, and {F}our-{C}olor {I}mages",
+ address="San Francisco, California",
+ publisher="Chronicle Books",
+ ISBN="0-8118-1426-2",
+ year=1997}
+
+@BOOK{kvern1996,
+ author="Kvern, Olav Martin",
+ title="{R}eal {W}orld {F}reehand 5.0/5.5",
+ publisher = pub-PEACHPIT,
+ address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr,
+ ISBN="0-201-88360-0",
+ year=1996}
+
+@BOOK{gosney1995,
+ author="Gosney, Michael and Dayton, Linnea",
+ title="{T}he {D}esktop {C}olor {B}ook",
+ note="{A} {V}erbum {G}uide",
+ edition="seconde",
+ publisher="MIS Press",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="1-55828-365-X",
+ year=1995}
+
+@BOOK{nyman1993,
+ author="Nyman, Matties",
+ title="{F}our {C}olors/{O}ne {I}mage: {G}etting {G}reat {C}olor {O}utput with
+ {P}hotoshop, {Q}uark{XP}ress, and {C}achet",
+ publisher = pub-PEACHPIT,
+ address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr,
+ ISBN="1-56609-083-0",
+ year=1993}
+
+@BOOK{tapscott1994,
+ author="Tapscott, Diane and Jeans, Lisa and Soberanis, Pat and Amladi, Rita and Ryan,
+ Jim",
+ title="{P}rofessional {S}tudio {T}echniques: {P}roduction {E}ssentials",
+ address="Mountain View, California",
+ publisher="Adobe Press",
+ ISBN="1-56830-124-3",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{bain1973,
+ author="Bain, George",
+ title="{C}eltic {A}rt: {T}he {M}ethods of {C}onstruction",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-486-22923-8",
+ year=1973}
+
+@BOOK{Burd1994,
+ editor="Burd, Rachel",
+ title="{G}raphic {A}rt {G}uild {H}andbook: {P}ricing anf {E}thical {G}uidelines",
+ edition="neuvi{\`e}me",
+ publisher="Graphic Arts Guild",
+ address="11 West 20th Street, 8th Floor; New York NY 10011-3704",
+ note="Distribu{\'e} par North Light Books, a division of {F\&W} Publications, Inc.;
+ 1507 Dana Avenue, Cincinnati, OH 45207",
+ ISBN="0-932102-09-3",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{callery1995,
+ editor="Callery, Emma",
+ title="{T}he {E}ncyclopedia of {O}rigami and {P}apercraft {T}echniques",
+ address="New Jersey",
+ publisher="Chartwell Books",
+ ISBN="0-7858-0441-2",
+ year=1995}
+
+@BOOK{churchill1965,
+ author="Churchill, Winston S.",
+ title="{P}ainting as a {P}astime",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Cornerstone Library",
+ year="1932, 1965"}
+
+@BOOK{gosney1990,
+ author="Gosney, Michael and Odam, John and Benson, Jim",
+ title="{T}he {G}ray {B}ook: {D}esigning in {B}lack {\&} {W}hite on {Y}our {C}omputer",
+ address="Chapel Hill, NC",
+ publisher="Ventana Press",
+ ISBN="1-56604-073-6",
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{p-johnson1990,
+ author="Johnson, Pauline",
+ title="{C}reative {B}ookbinding",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ address="New York",
+ ISBN="0-486-26307-X",
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{little1994,
+ author="Little, Chad M.",
+ title="{B}ecoming a {C}omputer {A}rtist",
+ address="Indianapolis",
+ publisher="Sams Publishing",
+ ISBN="0-672-30397-3",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{white1980,
+ author="White, Jan V.",
+ title="{G}raphic {I}dea {N}otebook: {I}nventive techniques for designing printed pages",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Watson-Guptill Publications",
+ ISBN="0-8230-2149-1",
+ year=1980}
+
+@BOOK{withers1993,
+ author="Withers, Larry",
+ title="{H}ow to {F}old, {V}ol.~1: 102~{F}olds for the {A}rt {D}irector and {G}raphic {D}esigner {P}lus
+ {P}oint-of-{S}ale, {D}irect {M}ail, {I}nvitations, {G}reeting {C}ards and {M}ore",
+ address="Glenbrook, CT",
+ publisher="Art Direction Book Company",
+ ISBN="0-881080118-3",
+ year=1993}
+
+@BOOK{moye1994,
+ author="Moye, Stephen",
+ title="{T}ype by {D}esign: {A} {F}ontographer {U}ser's {G}uide to {E}lectronic {T}ypography",
+ address="Providence, Rhode Island",
+ publisher="The Studio",
+ ISBN="1-55828-447-8",
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{burke1972,
+ author="Burke, Clifford",
+ title="{P}rinting {I}t",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Ballantine Books, Inc.",
+ ISBN="345-02694-2-295",
+ year=1972}
+
+@BOOK{felici1991,
+ author="Felici, James",
+ title="{T}he {D}esktop {S}tyle {G}uide",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Bantam Books, Inc.",
+ ISBN="0679790829",
+ year=1991}
+
+@BOOK{giegengack1945,
+ author="Giegengack, Augustus E.",
+ title="{U}nited {S}tates {G}overnment {P}rinting {O}ffice {S}tyle {M}anual",
+ address="Washington",
+ publisher="United States Government Printing Office",
+ month=jan,
+ year=1945}
+
+@ARTICLE{mendelson1992,
+ author="Mendelson, Edward",
+ title="{T}ypecasing: {C}hoosing and {U}sing {F}onts",
+ journal="PC Magazine",
+ pages="199--254",
+ month="27 " # oct,
+ year=1992}
+
+@BOOK{moore1991,
+ author="Moore, George",
+ title="{T}rue{T}ype {T}echnical {T}alk {\#}1: {A}n {I}ntroduction to {D}igital {T}ypography using
+ {T}rue{T}ype",
+ address="Redmond, Washington",
+ publisher="Microsoft Corporation",
+ month="5 " # nov,
+ year=1991}
+
+@BOOK{moore1992,
+ author="Moore, George",
+ title="{T}rue{T}ype {T}echnical {T}alk {\#}2: {L}inear vs. {N}on-{L}inear {S}caling",
+ address="Redmond, Washington",
+ publisher="Microsoft Corporation",
+ month="20 " # avr,
+ year=1992}
+
+@BOOK{schneiker1990,
+ author="Schneiker, Henry",
+ title="{T}ype {T}echnologies {I}lluminated",
+ address="Tucson, Arizona",
+ publisher="Kingsley/ATF Type Corp.",
+ year="1989, 1990"}
+
+@BOOK{stone1991,
+ author="Stone, Sumner",
+ title="{O}n {S}tone: {T}he {A}rt and {U}se of {T}ypography on the {P}ersonal {C}omputer",
+ address="San Francisco",
+ publisher="Bedford Arts, Publishers",
+ ISBN="0-938491-41-5",
+ year=1991}
+
+@BOOK{tracy1986a,
+AUTHOR="Tracy, Walter",
+TITLE="{L}etters of {C}redit: {A} {V}iew of {T}ype {D}esign",
+ADDRESS="Boston",
+PUBLISHER="David R. Godine, Publisher, Inc.",
+YEAR=1986}
+
+@BOOK{ballinger1956,
+ author="Ballinger, Raymond A.",
+ title="{L}ettering {A}rt in {M}odern {U}se",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Rienhold Publishing Company",
+ year="1952, 1956"}
+
+@BOOK{binns1989,
+ author="Binns, Betty",
+ title="{B}etter {T}ype: {L}earn to see subtle distinctions in the faces and the spaces of
+ text type. {A}chieve legible, beautiful, and expressive type every time",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="A Roundable Press Book, Watson-Guptill Publications",
+ ISBN="0-8230-0484-8",
+ year=1989}
+
+@BOOK{burke1990,
+ author="Burke, Clifford",
+ title="{T}ype from the {D}esktop: {D}esigning with {T}ype and your {C}omputer",
+ address="Chapel Hill, NC",
+ publisher="Ventana Press",
+ ISBN="0-940087-45-6",
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{dwiggins1932,
+ author="Dwiggins, Willian Addison",
+ title="{C}ontemporary {T}itle {P}ages: {A} {S}election of {O}utstanding {B}ooks composed on
+ {L}inotype including {T}wenty-one of the 1931 ``{F}ifty {B}ooks of the {Y}ear''",
+ address="Brooklyn, New York",
+ publisher="Mergenthaler Linotype Company",
+ year=1932}
+
+@BOOK{newman1995,
+ author="Newman, Bruce and Newman, Brenda and Level, Jeff",
+ title="{P}recision {T}ype {F}ont {R}eference {G}uide 5.0",
+ address="Comack, New York",
+ publisher="Precision Type, Inc.",
+ year=1995}
+
+@BOOK{rogers1949,
+ author="Rogers, Bruce",
+ title="{C}entaur {T}ypes",
+ address="Chicago",
+ publisher="October House",
+ year=1949}
+
+@BOOK{rogers1979,
+ author="Rogers, Bruce",
+ title="{P}aragraphs on {P}rinting",
+ address="New York",
+ publisher="Dover Publications",
+ ISBN="0-486-23817-2",
+ year=1979}
+
+@BOOK{smeijers1996,
+ author="Smeijers, Fred",
+ title="{C}ounterpunch: making type in the sixteenth century, designing typefaces now",
+ address="Londres",
+ publisher="Hyphen Press",
+ ISBN="0-907259-060-5",
+ year=1996}
+
+@BOOK{williams1990,
+ author="Williams, Robin",
+ title="{T}he {PC} is not a {T}ypewriter: {A} {S}tyle {M}anual for {C}reating
+ {P}rofessional-level {T}ype on {Y}our {PC}",
+ publisher = pub-PEACHPIT,
+ address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr,
+ ISBN="0938151495",
+ year=1990}
+
+@Article{Hornbach+TB7-2-99,
+ author = "Hornbach, Kathy",
+ title = "{VAX} {L}anguage {S}ensitive {E}ditor {T}emplates and {G}uide for use with
+ {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "99--99",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Ludden+TB7-2-186,
+ author = "Ludden, Jim",
+ title = "{P}ost-{\LaTeX} {I}ndex {F}ormatting",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "186--186",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Hofman+TB7-3-186,
+ author = "Hofman, Thomas",
+ title = "{A} {\LaTeX} addition for formatting indexes",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1986",
+ volume = "7",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "186--186",
+ month = oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Zocchi+TB8-1-62,
+ author = "Zocchi, Maurizio",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}'s {I}ndex {P}rocessing",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "62--62",
+ month = apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Dyck+TB8-1-74,
+ author = "Dyck, Jennifer",
+ title = "{APA} style in {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "74--74",
+ month = apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Aurbach+TB8-2-201,
+ author = "Aurbach, Richard L.",
+ title = "{A}utomated index generation for {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "201--209",
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB9-2-203,
+ AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.",
+ title = "{A} note on processing parts with {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "203--294",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Laan+TB10-1-113,
+ AUTHOR="{van der Laan}, C. G.",
+ title = "{T}ypesetting bridge via {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "113--116",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Modest+TB10-1-67,
+ AUTHOR="Modest, Michael",
+ title = "{U}ing {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} with {WordPerfect~5.0}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "67--72",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Anonyme+TB10-2-287,
+ AUTHOR="Anonyme",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} course book in {D}utch",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "287--287",
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Hailperin+TB10-3-360,
+ AUTHOR="Hailperin, Max",
+ title = "{U}sers' guide to {\texttt{LaTeX-help}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "360--360",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoover+TB10-4-549,
+ AUTHOR="Hoover, Anita Z.",
+ title = "{U}sing {WordPerfect~5.0} to create {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} documents",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "549--559",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-4-681,
+ AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank",
+ title = "{W}ith {\LaTeX} into the nineties",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "681--690",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Cheswick+TB10-4-707,
+ AUTHOR="Cheswick, Bill",
+ title = "{A} permuted index for {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "707--713",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Sydoriak+TB10-4-715,
+ AUTHOR="Sydoriak, Steve",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} memos and letters",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "715--726",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Geyer-Schulz+TB11-4-644,
+ AUTHOR="Geyer-Schulz, Andreas and Matulka, Josef and Neumann, Gustav",
+ title = "{A} {\LaTeX} document style option for typesetting {APL}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "644--644",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Braams+TB12-1-21,
+ AUTHOR="Braams, Johannes and E{\ij}khout, Victor and Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{T}he {D}utch national {\LaTeX} effort",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "21--24",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB12-1-74,
+ AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Sch{\"o}pf, Rainer",
+ title = "{T}owards {\LaTeX~3.0}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "74--79",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB12-2-235,
+ AUTHOR="Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{R}eview of {\emph{\LaTeX}} for engineers and scientists",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "235--236",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Clarkson+TB12-2-160,
+ AUTHOR="Clarkson",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} styles",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "160--160",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Anonyme+TB12-2-172,
+ AUTHOR="Anonyme",
+ title = "{\texttt{LaTeX-help}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "172--172",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Bartlett+TB12-34-367,
+ AUTHOR="Bartlett, Frederick H.",
+ title = "{C}ontra-{\LaTeX}, or what really works in the publishing world",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "367--371",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Roth+TB12-34-517,
+ AUTHOR="Roth, Mark A.",
+ title = "{T}ypesetting forms with {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "34",
+ pages = "517--522",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB13-1-58,
+ AUTHOR="Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{N}ew books on {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "58--59",
+ month = apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Anonyme+TB6-3-58,
+ AUTHOR="Anonyme",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} command summary {(Version~2.05)} available from {TUG}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1985",
+ volume = "6",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "158--158",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Yap+TB8-1-58,
+ author = "Ken Yap",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th
+ February 1987}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "58--59",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Yap+TB8-2-198,
+ author = "Ken Yap",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th
+ May 1987}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "198--200",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Yap+TB8-3-320,
+ author = "Ken Yap",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th
+ September 1987}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "320--323",
+ month = Nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Yap+TB9-2-200,
+ author = "Ken Yap",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 19th
+ June 1988}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "200--203",
+ month = aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB8-3-323,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1987",
+ volume = "8",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "323--326",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB9-2-198,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "198--199",
+ month = aug,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB9-3-297,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "297--297",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB11-4-644,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1990",
+ volume = "11",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "644--644",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB12-2-284,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "284--285",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB12-2-284,
+ author = "Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{A} comment on {T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "285--286",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{DeCore+TB9-3-294,
+ author = "DeCore, Michael",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 24th
+ September 1988}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1988",
+ volume = "9",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "294--297",
+ month = nov,
+}
+
+@Article{DeCore+TB10-1-97,
+ author = "DeCore, Michael",
+ title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 16th
+ January 1989}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1989",
+ volume = "10",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "97--102",
+ month = apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB13-1-94,
+ author = "Damrau, Jackie",
+ title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "94--95",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-1-96,
+ author = "Mittelbach, Frank",
+ title = "{\LaTeX~2.09 $\hookrightarrow$ \LaTeX3}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "96--101",
+ month = Apr,
+}
+
+@Article{Luvisetto+TB13-2-181,
+ author = "Maria Luisa Luvisetto and Enzo Ugolini",
+ title = "{B}ook review: {A} {I}talian guide to {\LaTeX} (by {C}laudio {B}eccari)",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "181--182",
+ month = Jul,
+ note = "{Voir~\cite{Beccari+1991+SEE}}",
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB13-2-182,
+ author = "Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{B}ook reviews: {Jane Hahn}, {\emph{\LaTeX}} for {E}veryone; {Eric van
+ Herwijnen}, {P}ractical {SGML}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "182--185",
+ month = Jul,
+ note = "{V}oir{~\cite{everyone}} et{~\cite{sgml-pra}}",
+}
+
+@Article{Partl+TB13-2-217,
+ author = "Partl, Hubert",
+ title = "{H}ow to change the layout eith {\LaTeX~2.09}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "217-220",
+ month = Jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Thorup+TB13-3-304,
+ author = "Thorup, Kresten Krab",
+ title = "{GNU} emacs as a front end to {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "304--308",
+ month = oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Arnon+TB13-3-380,
+ author = "Arnon, Dennis S. and Attali, Isabelle and Franchi-Zannettacci, Paul",
+ title = "{M}odel-based conversions of {\LaTeX} documents",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "380--389",
+ month = oct,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-4-510,
+ author = "Mittelbach, Frank",
+ title = "{V}olunteer work for the {\LaTeX3} project",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1992",
+ volume = "13",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "510--515",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Damrau+TB12-4-510,
+ author = "Jackie Damrau and Michael Wester",
+ title = "{Form letters with 3-across labels capability}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "510--516",
+ month = nov,
+ year = "1991",
+ ISSN = "0896-3207",
+ bibdate = "Fri Jun 4 18:08:09 MDT 1999",
+ bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/tugboat.bib;
+ http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/index-table-t.html#tugboat",
+ acknowledgement = ack-bnb # " and " # ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Article{Anonyme+TB14-2-103,
+ author = "Anonyme",
+ title = "{T} {A-in-\LaTeX} {C}ontest: {D}eadline extended",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "103--103",
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Poppelier+TB14-2-127,
+ author = "Poppelier, Nico",
+ title = "{R}eview or recent {\LaTeX} books",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1993",
+ volume = "14",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "127--128",
+ month = jul,
+}
+
+@Article{Jones+TB15-2-103,
+ author = "Jones, David M. and Wald, David E.",
+ title = "{Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin, \emph{The
+ \LaTeX{}} Companion}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "103--106",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Andre+TB15-2-107,
+ author = "Andr{\'e}, Jacques",
+ title = "{C}hristian {R}olland, {\emph{\LaTeX}} guide pratique",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "107--107",
+ month = Jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Mittelbach+TB15-3-170,
+ author = "Mittelbach, Frank and Goossens, Michel",
+ title = "{R}eal life book production{\Dash}lessons learned from {\emph{The \LaTeX}}
+ Companion",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1994",
+ volume = "15",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "170--173",
+ month = sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Beccari+TB16-1-18,
+ author = "Beccari, Claudio",
+ title = "{C}onfiguring {\TeX} or {\LaTeX} for typesetting in several languages",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "18-30",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Rahtz+TB16-4-413,
+ author = "Rahtz, Sebastian",
+ title = "{W}hatever is wrong with my {\LaTeX} file?",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1995",
+ volume = "16",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "413--416",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Carlisle+TB17-1-67,
+ author = "Carlisle, David",
+ title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~1}: {T}he basic distribution",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "67--73",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Carlisle+TB17-3-321,
+ author = "Carlisle, David",
+ title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~2}: {T}he {\textsf{tools}} and {\textsf{graphics}}
+ distributions",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "321-326",
+ month = sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Carlisle+TB18-1-48,
+ author = "Carlisle, David",
+ title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~3}: {\textsf{mfnfss}}, {\textbf{psnfss}} and {\textsf{babel}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1997",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "48--55",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{Gratzer+TB17-4-396,
+ author = "Gr{\"a}tzer, George",
+ title = "{S}uggestions wanted for new edition of {\emph{Math into \LaTeX}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1996",
+ volume = "17",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "396-366",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{Sofka+TB18-1-37,
+ author = "Sofka, Michael D.",
+ title = "{\emph{Writing with \TeX, and \TeX{} \& \LaTeX: Drawing \& Literate
+ Programming,}} by {Etian M.~Gurari}",
+ note = "{Voir~cite{gurari}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1997",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "37-38",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@Article{L3Team+TB18-2-127,
+ AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="Modifying {\LaTeX{}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ MONTH=jun,
+ volume=18,
+ number=2,
+ pages="127--130",
+ YEAR=1997}
+
+@Article{Chow+TB18-2-79,
+ author = "Chow, Sydney",
+ title = "{F}eatures for a {WYSIWYG \LaTeX} editor",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1997",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "79--79",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Aphalo+TB18-4-297,
+ author = "Aphalo, Pedro J.",
+ title = "{A} proposal for citation commands in {\LaTeX3}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1997",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "297--202",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{L3Team+TB19-2-137,
+ AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="{D}efault docstrip headers",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ MONTH=jun,
+ volume=19,
+ number=2,
+ pages="137--138",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@Article{L3Team+TB19-2-139,
+ AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} {News}, {Issue~9}, {June~1998}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ MONTH=jun,
+ volume=19,
+ number=2,
+ pages="139--139",
+ YEAR=1998}
+
+@Article{Sutor+TB19-2-157,
+ author = "Sutor, Robert S. and Dooley, Samuel S.",
+ title = "{\TeX} and {\LaTeX} on the {W}eb via {IBM~\textsf{techexplorer}}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1998",
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "157--161",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Hendrickson+TB19-2-162,
+ author = "Hendrickson, Amy",
+ title = "{R}eal {L}ife {\LaTeX}: {A}dventures of a {\TeX} consultant",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1998",
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "162--167",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Hoenig+TB19-2-168,
+ author = "Hoenig, Alan J.",
+ title = "{T}ypesetting with {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1998",
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "2",
+ pages = "168--175",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@Article{Taupin+TB19-3-289,
+ author = "Taupin, Daniel",
+ title = "{\texttt{ltx2rtf}}: {E}xporting {\LaTeX} documents to {W}ord addicts",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1998",
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "3",
+ pages = "289--292",
+ month = sep,
+}
+
+@Article{Pandey+TB19-4-417,
+ author = "Pandey, Anshuman",
+ title = "{R}omanized {I}ndic and {\LaTeX}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1998",
+ volume = "19",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "417--418",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@Article{L3Team+TB20-1-52,
+ AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}",
+ KEY="latex3",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} {News}, {Issue~10}, {December~1998}",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ volume=20,
+ number=1,
+ pages="52--52",
+ month=mar,
+ YEAR=1999}
+
+@TECHREPORT{chen1987,
+ AUTHOR="Chen, Pehong",
+ TITLE="{GNU Emacs} {\TeX} {Mode}",
+ INSTITUTION="University of California",
+ ADDRESS="Berkeley",
+ NUMBER="CSD-87-316",
+ PAGES=60,
+ MONTH=feb,
+ YEAR=1987}
+
+@TECHREPORT{chen1986,
+ AUTHOR="Chen, Pehong",
+ TITLE="{GNU Emacs} {\BibTeX} {Mode}",
+ INSTITUTION="University of California",
+ ADDRESS="Berkeley",
+ NUMBER="CSD-87-317",
+ PAGES=37,
+ MONTH=oct,
+ YEAR=1986}
+
+@ARTICLE{Levine+CPC-58-1-2-181,
+ AUTHOR="Levine, Michael J. S.",
+ TITLE="{A} {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {R}outine for drawing {F}eynman {D}iagrams",
+ JOURNAL=j-COMP-PHYS-COMM,
+ VOLUME=58,
+ NUMBER="1--2",
+ PAGES="181--198",
+ MONTH= feb # "--" # mar,
+ YEAR=1990}
+
+@ARTICLE{Ohl+CPC-90-2-3-340,
+ AUTHOR="Ohl, Thorsten",
+ TITLE="{D}rawing {F}eynman diagrams with {\LaTeX} and {\MFT}",
+ JOURNAL=j-COMP-PHYS-COMM,
+ VOLUME=90,
+ NUMBER="2--3",
+ PAGES="340--354",
+ MONTH= oct,
+ YEAR=1995}
+
+@MastersThesis{Bushek1988,
+ type="Thesis {(M.S.)}",
+ AUTHOR="Bushek, Joan",
+ TITLE="{\LaTeX} and {SGML}: a functional evaluation of one approach to automatic
+ generation of translators",
+ SCHOOL="Department of Computer and Information Science",
+ ADDRESS="Ohio State University",
+ pages="132--??",
+ year=1988}
+
+
+@TECHREPORT{Laan1989,
+ AUTHOR="Laan, C. G. van der and Coleman, D. C. and Luyten, J. R.",
+ title="{SGML--\LaTeX} 1.{~M}athematical formulas",
+ institution="Rekencentrum der Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen",
+ type="RC-Rapport",
+ number=24,
+ year=1989}
+
+@TECHREPORT{BK1993,
+ AUTHOR="Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein, Anne and Wood, Derick",
+ TITLE="{T}he {V}alidation of {SGML} {C}ontent {M}odels",
+ institution="Computer Science Department",
+ address="University of Western Ontario",
+ number=355,
+ month=mar,
+ year=1993}
+
+@ARTICLE{Drakos+CN-27-2-215,
+ AUTHOR="Drakos, Nikos",
+ TITLE="{F}rom text to hypertext: {A} post-hoc rationalisation of {\LaTeX2HTML}",
+ JOURNAL="Computer Networks and ISDN Systems",
+ volume=27,
+ number=2,
+ pages="215--224",
+ month=nov,
+ year=1994}
+
+@ARTICLE{Raggett+CN-27-2-135,
+ AUTHOR="Raggett, David",
+ TITLE="{A} review of the {HTML+} document format",
+ JOURNAL="Computer Networks and ISDN Systems",
+ volume=27,
+ number=2,
+ pages="135-145",
+ month=nov,
+ year=1994}
+
+@ARTICLE{Gordon+CSI+17-1-25,
+ AUTHOR="Gordon, Thomas F.",
+ TITLE="{T}he qwertz synthesis of {SGML} and {\LaTeX}",
+ JOURNAL="Computer Standards and Interfaces",
+ volume=17,
+ number=1,
+ pages="25--33",
+ month=jan,
+ year=1995}
+
+@ARTICLE{Wusteman+Program+30-4-319,
+ AUTHOR="Wusteman, J.",
+ TITLE="{E}lectronic journal formats",
+ JOURNAL="Program",
+ volume=30,
+ number=4,
+ pages="319--343",
+ month=oct,
+ year=1996}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ArnonRR1731,
+ author = "Arnon, Dennis S. and Attali, Isabelle and Franchi-Zannettacci, Paul",
+ title="{L}anguage-based document processing",
+ institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique",
+ number="RR-1731",
+ pages=18}
+
+@TECHREPORT{ChancelierRR0093,
+ author = "Chancelier, J. Ph. and Sulem, A.",
+ title="{MACROTEX}: a {\LaTeX} code generator in MACSYMA",
+ institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique",
+ number="RT-0093",
+ pages=26}
+
+@TECHREPORT{MerletRR0097,
+ author = "Merlet, Jean-Pierre",
+ title="{JPDRAW} un {\'e}diteur de dessins sur {SUN} pour {\LaTeX}",
+ institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique",
+ number="RT-0097",
+ pages=66}
+
+@TECHREPORT{MerletRR0139,
+ author = "Merlet, Jean-Pierre",
+ title="{N}otice d'utilisation {JPdraw}",
+ institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique",
+ number="RT-0139",
+ pages=109}
+
+@ARTICLE{Johnson+LJ-18,
+ author="Johnson, Kim",
+ title="{\LaTeX} for the {S}lightlt {T}imid",
+ journal="Linux Journal",
+ volume=18,
+ month=oct,
+ year=1995}
+
+@ARTICLE{Artymiak+LJ-70,
+ author="Artymiak, Jacek",
+ title="{\LaTeX} for {S}ecretaries",
+ journal="Linux Journal",
+ volume=70,
+ month=feb,
+ year=2000}
+
+@Book{borceux1990,
+ author = "Borceux, Francis",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}---la perfection dans le traitement du texte",
+ publisher="{\'E}ditions Ciaoco",
+ year=1990}
+
+@Article{Kneser+TB12-1-28,
+ author = "Thomas Kneser",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}-paragraphs floating around figures",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1991",
+ volume = "12",
+ number = "1",
+ pages = "28--30",
+ month = mar,
+}
+
+@misc{kwok1988,
+ author="Kwok, Conrad",
+ title="{EEPIC}: {E}xtensions to {EPIC} and {\LaTeX} picture environment",
+ year=1988}
+
+@article{Rogers+TB18-4-246,
+ author = "Rogers, David F.",
+ title="{\emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics Companion}}
+ by {M}ichel {G}oossens, {S}ebastian {R}ahtz and {F}rank {M}ittelbach",
+ journal = TUGboat,
+ year = "1997",
+ volume = "18",
+ number = "4",
+ pages = "246--246",
+ month = dec,
+}
+
+@TECHREPORT{dickinson1991,
+ author="Dickinson, I. P.",
+ title="{T}ypesetting {VDM} with {VDMSL} macros",
+ institution="NPL",
+ address="Teddington, Middlesex, UK",
+ number="TW11 0LW",
+ month=fev,
+ year=1991}
+
+@TECHREPORT{oostenenk1990,
+ author="Oostenenk, Jan-Bert",
+ title="{T}ypesetting {VDM} with {VDMSL} macros",
+ institution="NPL",
+ address="Teddington, Middlesex, UK",
+ number="TW11 0LW",
+ month=jun,
+ year=1990}
+
+@ARTICLE{Higham+SIAMN27-10,
+ author="Higham, Nicholas J.",
+ title="{\BibTeX:} {A} {V}ersatile {T}ool for {\LaTeX} {U}sers",
+ journal="{SIAM News}",
+ volume=27,
+ pages="10, 11, 19",
+ month=jan,
+ year=1994}
+
+@BOOK{Higham1998,
+ author="Higham, Nicholas J.",
+ title="{H}andbook of {W}riting for the {M}athematical {S}cience",
+ publisher="Society for Industrial {\&} Applied Mathematics",
+ ISBN="0898714206",
+ edition="seconde",
+ month=aug,
+ year=1998}
+
+@article{morin1994,
+ author="Morin, Richard",
+ title="{\TeX}, {ReDuX} {(Part~II)}",
+ journal="{S}un{E}xpert",
+ volume=5,
+ number=12,
+ pages="28--31",
+ month=dec,
+ year=1994}
+
+@techreport{King1991,
+ author="King, Paul",
+ title="{P}rinting{~Z} and {Object-Z} {\LaTeX} {D}ocuments",
+ institution="Software Verification Centre, Department of Computer Science",
+ address="The University of Queensland Australia",
+ year=1991}
+
+@article{dibattista1994,
+ author="{Di Battista}, Giuseppe and Eades, Peter and Tamassia, Roberto and Tollis,
+ Ioannis G.",
+ title="{A}lgorithms for {D}rawing {G}raphs: {A}n {A}nnotated {B}ibliography",
+ journal="Computational Geometry: Theory and Applications",
+ volume=4,
+ pages="235--282",
+ month=jun,
+ year=1994}
+
+@misc{zandt1992,
+ author={Zandt, Timothy van},
+ title="{\texttt{seminar.sty}}: a {\LaTeX} {S}tyle for {S}lides and {N}otes",
+ month="8 " # mai,
+ year=1992}
+
+@article{lemberg+TB-18-3-214,
+ author="Lemberg, Werner",
+ title="{T}he {CJK} package for {\LaTeXe}---{M}ultilingual support beyond
+ {\texttt{babel}}",
+ journal=TUGboat,
+ volume=18,
+ number=3,
+ pages="214--224",
+ month=sep,
+ year=1997}
+
+@techreport{Cerin1989,
+ type="{R}apports de recherche",
+ author = "C{\'e}rin, Christophe",
+ title = "Gi{\TeX}, {Paps}~: deux logiciels manipulant
+ {Post\-Script} et {\LaTeX}",
+ institution="Universit{\'e} de {P}aris-{S}ud, {C}entre d'{O}rsay {L}aboratoire de
+ {R}echerche en {I}nformatique",
+ number=522,
+ pages=15,
+ year = 1989}
+
+@techreport{Bruggemann-Klein1987,
+ author = "Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein and Derick Wood",
+ title="{D}ocument {D}esign with {Hi\TeX}: {A} {S}tep beyond {\LaTeX}",
+ institution="Albert-Ludwigs-Universit{\"a}t {F}reiburg, {I}nstitut f{\"u}r {I}nformatik",
+ number="00002",
+ month=oct,
+ year=1987}
+
+@techreport{kotz1990,
+ author="Kotz, David",
+ title="{GNUPLOT \LaTeX} {T}utorial {Version~2.0}",
+ institution="Computer Science Depatment, Duke University",
+ month=fev,
+ year=1990}
+
+@techreport{williams1990-gnuplot,
+ author="Williams, Thomas and Kelley, Colin and Campbell, John anf Kotz, David",
+ title="{GNUPLOT}---{A}n {I}nteractive {P}lotting {P}rogram",
+ institution="Free Software Foundation",
+ month=aug,
+ year=1990}
+
+@BOOK{kamp1993,
+ author="H. Kamp and U. Reyle",
+ title="{F}rom {D}iscourse to {L}ogic",
+ publisher="Kluwer Academic Publishers",
+ address="Dordrecht",
+ year=1993}
+
+@MISC{Chua2000,
+ author="{Chua Eng Huang}, Cecil",
+ title="{E}lectronic {P}ublishing: {E}xplaining the {D}ichotomy {B}etween {L}ogical and
+ {V}isual {M}arkup",
+ note="{\url{http://www.cis.gsu.edu/~cchua/finalproj.pdf}}",
+ month= "30 " # nov,
+ year=2000}
+
+@MISC{Cottrell,
+ author = {Allin Cottrell},
+ title = {{W}ord {P}rocessors: {S}tupid and {I}nefficient},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://ricardo.ecn.wfu.edu/~cottrell/wp.html}},
+ month = jun,
+ year = 1999
+}
+
+@BOOK{troffbook,
+ author = {Joseph F. Ossanna and Brian W. Kernighan},
+ title = {{T}roff {U}ser's {M}anual},
+ publisher = {AT\&T Bell Labs},
+ year = 1981,
+ note = {\url{http://www.kohala.com/~rstevens/troff/cstr54.ps}}
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Seybold,
+ author = {Conrad Taylor},
+ title = {{W}hat {H}as {WYSIWYG} {D}one {T}o {U}s?},
+ journal = {The Seybold Report on Publishing Systems},
+ year = 1996,
+ volume = 26,
+ number = 2,
+ pages = {1-18},
+ month = "30 " # sep,
+ note = {\url{http://www.ideography.co.uk/library/seybold/WYSIWYG.html}}
+}
+
+@MISC{Kyrnin,
+ author = {Jennifer Kyrnin},
+ title = {{WYSIWYG} vs. {H}and {C}oding, the {G}reat {D}ebate},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://html.about.com/compute/html/library/weekly/aa021400a.htm}},
+ month = fev,
+ year = 2000
+}
+
+@MISC{Lewis,
+ author = {Chris Lewis},
+ title = {{F}requently {A}sked {Q}uestions for comp.text},
+ howpublished = {[online]},
+ month = jun,
+ year = 1999
+}
+
+@MISC{NewsBad,
+ author = {comp.text.tex digest},
+ title = {{C}onvincing the {S}keptics},
+ howpublished = {\url{Message-ID: <76d8o892gc.fsf@perdita.zdv.Uni-Mainz.de>}},
+ month = jul,
+ year = 1997,
+ key = {CTT97}
+}
+
+@MISC{NewsBad2,
+ author = {Tim Love},
+ title = {{CUED}: {W}hy {\LaTeX}?},
+ howpublished = {\url{tpl@eng.cam.ac.uk}},
+ month = sep,
+ year = 2000
+}
+
+@MISC{Browne,
+ author = {Christopher B. Browne},
+ title = {{D}ocument {F}ormats},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.ntlug.org/~cbbrowne/document.html}},
+ month = sep,
+ year = 2000
+}
+
+@MISC{Hutchinson,
+ author = {Ian Hutchinson},
+ title = {{C}omparative {R}eview of {W}orld-{W}ide-{W}eb {M}athematics {R}enderers},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/mmlreview/}},
+ month = jun,
+ year = 1999
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Debate,
+ author = {Leslie Lamport},
+ title = {{D}ocument {P}roduction: {V}isual or {L}ogical?},
+ journal = {Notices of the American Mathematical Society},
+ year = 1987,
+ volume = 34,
+ pages = {621-624}
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{TAM,
+ author = {Fred D. Davis},
+ title = {{U}ser {A}cceptance of {I}nformation {T}echnology: {S}ystem {C}haracteristics, {U}ser {P}erceptions and {B}ehavioral {I}mpacts},
+ journal = {International Journal of Man-Machine Studies},
+ year = 1993,
+ volume = 38,
+ pages = {475-487}
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{WPvsTextP,
+ author = {Larry Ayers},
+ title = {{W}ord {P}rocessing and {T}ext {P}rocessing},
+ journal = {Linux Gazette},
+ year = 1997,
+ month= oct,
+ volume = 1,
+ number= 22
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Wysigood2,
+ author = {Tim Bushell},
+ title = {{N}amo {W}eb {E}ditor},
+ journal = {Outer Rim},
+ year = 1997,
+ month= may,
+ volume = 1,
+ number= 5
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{ScholarTool,
+ author = {James H. Coombs and Allen H. Renear and Steven J. {DeRose}},
+ title = {{M}arkup {S}ystems and the {F}uture of {S}cholarly {T}ext {P}rocessing},
+ journal = {Communications of the {ACM}},
+ year = 1987,
+ month= nov,
+ volume = 30,
+ number= 11,
+ pages = {933-947}
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{XMLAgent,
+ author = {Robert J. Glushko and Jay M. Tenenbaum and Bart Meltzer},
+ title = {{A}n {XML} {F}ramework for {A}gent-based {E}-{C}ommerce},
+ journal = {Communications of the {ACM}},
+ year = 1999,
+ month= mar,
+ volume = 42,
+ number= 3,
+ pages = {106-114}
+}
+
+@MISC{VetterXML,
+ author = {Ronald J. Vetter},
+ title = {{W}eb-{B}ased {E}nterprise {C}omputing},
+ howpublished = {Powerpoint slides},
+ month = nov,
+ year = 1999
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Intuitive,
+ author = {Jef Raskin},
+ title = {{I}ntuitive {E}quals {F}amiliar},
+ journal = {Communications of the {ACM}},
+ year = 1994,
+ month= sep,
+ volume = 37,
+ number= 9,
+ pages = 17
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{TextLearning,
+ author = "M. B. Rosson",
+ title = "{P}atterns of {E}xperience in {T}ext {E}diting",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of {C}omputer-{H}uman {I}nteractions",
+ year = 1983,
+ pages = "171-175",
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{PaperBad,
+ author = "P{\aa}l S{\o}rgaard and Tone Irene Sandahl",
+ title = "{P}roblems with {S}tyles in {W}ord {P}rocessing: {A} {W}eak {F}oundation for {E}lectronic {P}ublishing with {SGML}",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 30th {H}awaii {I}nternational {C}onference on {S}ystems {S}cience",
+ year = 1996,
+ pages = "137-146",
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Quill,
+ author = "Donald D. Chamberlin and Helmut F. Hasselmeier and Allen W. Luniewski and Dieter P. Paris and Bradford W. Wade and Mitch L. Zolliker",
+ title = "{Q}uill: {A}n {E}xtensible {S}ystem for {E}diting {D}ocuments of {M}ixed {T}ype",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 21st {H}awaii {I}nternational {C}onference on {S}ystems {S}cience",
+ year = 1987,
+ pages = "317-326",
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Concordia,
+ author = {Janet H. Walker},
+ title = {{S}upporting {D}ocument {D}evelopment with {Concordia}},
+ journal = {IEEE Computer},
+ year = 1988,
+ month= jan,
+ volume = 21,
+ number= 1,
+ pages= {48-59}
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{OOWP,
+ author = "Paul Calder and Mark Linton",
+ title = "{T}he {O}bject-{O}riented {I}mplementation of a {D}ocument {E}ditor",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the {O}bject-{O}riented {P}rogramming, {S}ystems, {L}anguages and {A}pplications ({OOPSLA})",
+ year = 1992,
+ pages = "154-165",
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{OntologyDef,
+ author = "Tom R. Gruber",
+ title = "{T}ranslation {A}pproach to {P}ortable {O}ntology {S}pecifications",
+ journal = "Knowledge Acquisition",
+ volume= 5,
+ number= 2,
+ year = 1993,
+ pages = "199-220",
+ month = jun,
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{Swartout,
+ author = "William R. Swartout",
+ title = "{O}ntologies",
+ journal = "{IEEE} Intelligent Systems",
+ month= jan # "--" #fev,
+ year = 1999,
+ pages = "18-19",
+}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{ManyHierarchies,
+ author = "Allen Renear and Elli Mylonas and David Durand",
+ title = "{R}efining our {N}otion of {W}hat {T}ext {R}eally {I}s: {T}he {P}roblem of {O}verlapping {H}ierarchies",
+ year = 1996,
+ pages = "263-280",
+ note = "\url{http://www.stg.brown.edu/resources/stg/monographs/ohco.html}",
+ booktitle = "{R}esearch in {H}umanities {C}omputing",
+ publisher = "Oxford University Press",
+ editor= "Nancy Ide and Susan Hockey",
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{sophomore,
+ author = {Michael E. Gordon and L. Allen Slade and Neal Schmitt},
+ title = {{T}he {S}cience of the {S}ophomore {R}evisited: {F}rom {C}onjecture to {E}mpiricism},
+ journal = {Academy of Management Review},
+ year = 1986,
+ volume = 11,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {191-207}
+}
+
+@BOOK{CookCampbell,
+ author = {Thomas D. Cook and Donald T. Campbell},
+ title = {{Q}uasi-{E}xperimentation: {D}esign {A}nd {A}nalysis {I}ssues for {F}ield {S}ettings},
+ publisher = {Houghton Mifflin},
+ year = 1979
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{badXML,
+ author = {Jukka Korpela},
+ title = {{L}urching {T}oward {B}abel: {HTML}, {CSS}, and {XML}},
+ journal = {IEEE Computer},
+ year = 1998,
+ volume = 31,
+ number = 7,
+ pages = {103-106}
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{NLDBSWQ,
+ author = "Roger H.L. Chiang and {Chua Eng Huang}, Cecil and Veda Storey",
+ title = "{A} {S}mart {W}eb {Q}uery {E}ngline for {S}emantic {R}etrieval of {W}eb {D}ata and its {A}pplication to {E}-trading",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 5th {I}nternational {C}onference on {A}pplications of {N}atural {L}anguage to {I}nformation {S}ystems",
+ year = 2000,
+}
+
+@MISC{mimesimple,
+ author = {Mark Grand},
+ title = {{MIME} {O}verview},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.mindspring.com/~mgrand/mime.html}},
+ month = oct,
+ year = 1993
+}
+
+@MISC{mime,
+ author = {Nathaniel S. Borenstein and Ned Freed},
+ title = {{RFC 1521- MIME} ({M}ultipurpose {I}nternet {M}ail {E}xtensions) {P}art {O}ne:
+{M}echanisms for {S}pecifying and {D}escribing the {F}ormat of {I}nternet {M}essage {B}odies},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://cie.motor.ru/RFC/1521/}},
+ month = sep,
+ year = 1993
+}
+
+@MISC{CSS2,
+ title = {{C}ascading {S}tyle {S}heets, level 2 {CSS2} {S}pecification},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/}},
+ month = may,
+ year = 1998,
+ author= "{World Wide Web Committee 98}",
+}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{editor2,
+ author = "Nathaniel S. Borenstein",
+ title = "{T}he {E}valuation of {T}ext {E}ditors: {A} {C}ritical {R}eview of the {R}oberts and {M}oran {M}ethodology {B}ased on {N}ew {E}xperiments",
+ booktitle = "{P}roceedings of {C}omputer {H}uman {I}nteraction",
+ year = 1985,
+ pages = "99-105",
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{baddvorak,
+ author = {Stan Liebowitz and Stephen E. Margolis},
+ title = {{T}he {F}able of the {K}eys},
+ journal = {Journal of Law and Economics},
+ year = 1990,
+ volume = 33,
+ pages = {1-23}
+}
+
+@MISC{viemacs,
+ author = {William Knottenbelt},
+ title = {{A} {C}omparative {S}tudy of {V}i and {E}macs from the {P}erspective of {N}ovice and {R}egular {U}sers},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.csn.net/~bediger/knottenbelt.txt}},
+ month = feb,
+ year = 1999
+}
+
+@phdthesis{HANSEN71,
+author = "Hansen, Wilfred J.",
+title = "Creation of Hierarchic Text with a Computer Display",
+month = jun,
+year = "1971",
+type = "{Ph.~D.} Dissertation",
+school = "Stanford University",
+department = "Computer Science Department",
+address = "Stanford, California",
+pages = "x+130",
+note = "R{\'e}imprim{\'e} dans{~\cite{HANSEN71A}}",
+checked = "17 August 1990",
+updated = "8 May 1997"}
+
+@techreport{HANSEN71A,
+author = "Hansen, Wilfred J.",
+title = "Creation of Hierarchic Text with a Computer Display",
+type = "Report",
+number = "ANL--7818",
+institution = "Argonne National Laboratory",
+department = "Applied Mathematics Division",
+address = "Argonne, Illinois",
+month = jun,
+year = "1971",
+pages = "x+130",
+note = "R{\'e}impression de{~\cite{HANSEN71}}",
+checked = "17 August 1990",
+updated = "8 May 1997"}
+
+@article{OPPEN80,
+author = "Oppen, Derek C.",
+title = "Prettyprinting",
+journal = "ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems",
+month = oct,
+volume = "2",
+number = "4",
+year = "1980",
+pages = "465--483",
+checked = "4 September 1990"}
+
+@inbook{SCHRAGE1992,
+chapter="sur la m{\'e}thode de {Schrage}",
+editor="Press, W. and others",
+title="{N}umerical Recipes in{~\texttt{C}}",
+edition="seconde",
+publisher="Cambridge University Press",
+year=1992}
+
+@BOOK{florio2001,
+author="Florio, Emmanuel",
+title="Guide de la couleur et de l'image impri{\'e}e",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+isbn="2-911220-06-4",
+year=2001}
+
+@book{mandel2001,
+author="Mandel, Ladislas",
+title="{\'E}critures, miroir des hommes et des soviétés",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+isbn="2-911220-03-X",
+year=2001}
+
+@book{richaudeau2001,
+author="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois",
+title="{D}es neurones, des mots et des pixels",
+ PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur",
+ ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne",
+isbn="2-911220-04-8",
+year=2001}
+
+@article{mittelbach-tug21-2000,
+author="Mittelbach, Frank",
+title="Formatting documents with floats -- A new algorithm for {\LaTeXe*}",
+journal=tub,
+year=2000,
+volume=21,
+}
+
+@phdthesis{thanh2000,
+AUTHOR="Th{\`a}nh, H{\`a}n {\ensuremath{\mathrm{Th\acute{\hat{e}}}}}",
+TITLE="Micro-typographic extensions to the {\TeX} typesetting
+system",
+TYPE="Dissertation",
+SCHOOL="Faculty of {I}nformatics",
+ADDRESS="Masaryk {U}niversirt {B}rno",
+NOTE="Disponible à {\url{http://www.fi-muni.cz/~thanh/download/thesis.pdf}}",
+MONTH=oct,
+YEAR=2000}
+
+@article{gibbons1997,
+author="Jeremy Gibbons",
+title="{Hey --- it works!}",
+journal=TUGboat,
+volume=18,
+number=2,
+month=jun,
+pages=75,
+year=1997}
+
+@misc{calc1998,
+author="Thorup, Kresten Krab and Jensen, Frank and Rowley, Chris",
+TITLE="The {\texttt{calc}} package, infix notation
+ arithmetic in {\LaTeX}",
+NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools}}",
+MONTH=jul,
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@misc{keyval1999,
+author="Carlisle, David Paul",
+TITLE="The {\texttt{keyval}} package",
+NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/required/graphics}}",
+MONTH=mar,
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@book{tory1998,
+author="Tory, Geofroy",
+title="Champfleury. {A}rt et science de la vraie proportion des lettres",
+publisher="Biblioth{\`e}que de l'{I}mage",
+note="R{\'e}-impression de ce livre de 1529",
+address="Paris",
+year=1998}
+
+@book{bernard1857,
+author="Bernard, Auguste-Joseph",
+title="Geofroy {T}ory, peintre et graveur, premier imprimeur royal, r{\'e}formateur de
+l'orthographe et de la typographie sous {F}ran{\c{c}}ois {Ier}",
+publisher="E.~tross",
+address="Paris",
+year=1857}
+
+@book{chatelain1993,
+author="Chatelain, Jean-Marc",
+title="Livres d'embl{\`e}mes et de devises, une anthologie (1531-1735)",
+publisher="Klincksieck",
+address="Paris",
+year=1993}
+
+@book{febvre1971,
+author="Febvre, Lucien and Martin, H.J.",
+title="L'apparition du livre",
+publisher="Albin Michel",
+address="Paris",
+year=1971}
+
+@book{renouard1898,
+author="Renouard, Philippe",
+title="Imprimeurs parisiens, libraires, fondeurs de caract{\`e}res et correcteurs
+d'imprimerie",
+publisher="Librairie {A.~C}laudin",
+address="Paris",
+year=1898}
+
+@incollection{martin1983,
+author="Martin, H.J.",
+title="Au commencement {\'e}tait le signe",
+booktitle="Histoire de l'{\'e}dition fran{\c{c}}aise,
+{\rm T.~1, p.~443-476}",
+publisher="Promodis",
+address="Paris",
+year=1983}
+
+@book{saenger1977,
+author="Saenger, Paul",
+title="{Geofroy Tory} et la nomenclature des {\'e}critures livresques fran{\c{c}}aises au
+{\textsc{xv}\textsuperscript{e}} si{\`e}cle",
+publisher="Moyen {\^A}ge",
+pages="493-420",
+address="Paris",
+year=1977}
+
+@article{megret1932,
+author="Megret, Jacques",
+title="{Geofroy Tory}",
+journal="Arts et m{\'e}tiers graphiques",
+volume=28,
+pages="7-15",
+year=1932}
+
+@MISC{PATCHCMD,
+AUTHOR="Downes, Michael J.",
+TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{patchmd}}",
+MONTH=jul,
+YEAR=2000,
+NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/patchcmd}"}
+
+@article{Ahlen1997,
+author="{\r{A}hl\'en} Marit",
+key="Ahlen",
+title="Runristaren {\"O}pir",
+journal="Runr{\"o}n",
+volume=12,
+address="Uppsala",
+year=1997}
+
+@article{Barnes1994,
+author="Barnes, Michael P.",
+title="{T}he {R}unic {I}nscriptions of {M}aeshowe, {O}rkney",
+journal="Runr{\"o}n",
+volume=8,
+address="Uppsala",
+year=1997}
+
+@article{Parsons1999,
+author="Parsons, David N.",
+title="{R}ecasting the {R}unes. {T}he {R}eform of the {A}nglo-{S}axon {F}uthorc",
+journal="Runr{\"o}n",
+volume=14,
+address="Uppsala",
+year=1999}
+
+@misc{Dahlgren2000,
+author="Dahlgren, Kalle",
+howpublished="{\url{http://www.runristare.se}}",
+year=2000}
+
+@misc{Jansson1987,
+author="Jansson, Sven B. F.",
+title="{R}unes in {S}weden",
+address="Stockholm",
+year=1987}
+
+@BOOK{DRI1941-1942,
+EDITOR="Jacobsen, Lis and Moltke, Erik",
+TITLE="Danmarks runeindskrifter",
+PUBLISHER="K{\o}benhavn",
+year="1941-1942"}
+
+@BOOK{Enoksen1998,
+AUTHOR="Enoksen, Lars Magnar",
+TITLE="{R}unor. {H}istoria, tydning, tolkning",
+PUBLISHER="Lund",
+YEAR=1998}
+
+@BOOK{Looijenga,
+AUTHOR="Looijenga, Tineke",
+TITLE="{R}unes {A}round the {N}orth {S}ea and {O}n the {C}ontinent {AD} 150-700; {T}exts {\&}
+ {C}ontexts",
+PUBLISHER="Groningen",
+YEAR=1997}
+
+@BOOK{Moltke1985,
+AUTHOR="Moltke, Erik",
+TITLE="{R}unes and {T}heir {O}rigin. {D}enmark and {E}lsewhere",
+PUBLISHER="Copenhagen",
+YEAR=1985}
+
+@BOOK{Odenstedt1990,
+AUTHOR="Odenstedt, Bengt",
+TITLE="{O}n the {O}rigin and {E}arly {H}istory of the {R}unic {S}cript.
+ {T}ypology and {G}raphic {V}ariation in the {O}lder {F}uthark",
+PUBLISHER="Uppsala",
+YEAR=1990}
+
+@BOOK{Page1999,
+AUTHOR=" Page, R. I.",
+TITLE="{A}n {I}ntroduction to {E}nglish {R}unes",
+EDITION="seconde",
+PUBLISHER="Woodbridge",
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@BOOK{Runmarkt1994,
+EDITOR="Benneth, Solbritt and \r{A}hl{\'e}n, Marit",
+TITLE="{R}unm{\"a}rkt. {F}r{\r{a}}n brev till klotter. {R}unorna under medeltiden",
+PUBLISHER="Stockholm",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Peterson1994,
+AUTHOR="Peterson, Lena",
+TITLE="{T}he {G}raphemic {S}ystem of the {S}taveless {R}unes",
+CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Quak1994,
+AUTHOR="Quak, Arend",
+TITLE="{Z}ur {I}nschrift von {W}esteremden {B}",
+CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"}
+
+@INPROCEEDINGS{Spurkland1994,
+AUTHOR="Spurkland, Terje",
+TITLE="{\textarm{\p}} and {\textarm{\"b}}: {O}ne {G}rapheme or {T}wo?",
+XTITLE="{\armp} and {\textarm{\"b}}: {O}ne {G}rapheme or {T}wo?",
+CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"}
+
+@PROCEEDINGS{Proceedings1994,
+EDITOR="Knirk, James E.",
+TITLE="{P}roceedings of the {T}hird {I}nternational {S}ymposium on {R}unes and {R}unic {I}nscriptions",
+PUBLISHER="Uppsala",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{Derolez1995,
+AUTHOR="Derolez, Ren{\'e}e",
+TITLE="{O}n the ``{O}therness'' of the {A}nglo-{S}axon {R}unes and the
+ ``{P}erfect {F}it'' of the {F}u{\th}ark",
+BOOKTITLE="{R}uneninschriften als {Q}uellen interdisziplin{\"a}rer {F}orschung",
+SERIES="{E}rg{\"a}nzungsb{\"a}nde zum {R}eallexikon der {G}ermanischen {A}ltertumskunde",
+NUMBER=15,
+PUBLISHER="Berlin/New York",
+YEAR=1995}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{Parsons1994,
+AUTHOR="Parsons, David N.",
+TITLE="{A}nglo-{S}axon {R}unes in {C}ontinental {M}anuscripts",
+BOOKTITLE="{R}unische {S}chriftkultur in kontinental-skandinavischer und -angel{\-}s{\"a}chsischer {W}echselbeziehung",
+SERIES="{E}rg{\"a}nzungsb{\"a}nde zum {R}eallexikon der {G}ermanischen {A}ltertumskunde",
+NUMBER=10,
+PUBLISHER="Berlin/New York",
+YEAR=1994}
+
+@MISC{MEMOIR,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+TITLE="{T}he memoir class for configurable book typesetting",
+NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{macros/latex/contrib/supported/memoir}}",
+MONTH=jun,
+YEAR=2001}
+
+@MISC{NATBIB,
+AUTHOR="Daly, Patrick W.",
+TITLE="{N}atural {S}ciences {C}itations and {R}eferences",
+NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib}}",
+MONTH=may,
+YEAR=1999}
+
+@techreport{Freed1996,
+ author = {Nathaniel S. Borenstein and Ned Freed},
+ month = nov,
+ year = 1996,
+ title = {{M}ultipurpose {I}nternet {M}ail {E}xtensions {(MIME)} {P}art {T}wo: {M}edia types},
+ type = {{R}equest for {C}omments {(RFC)}},
+ number = 2046,
+ institution = {Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), Network Working Group},
+ note = {Disponible via {\url{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2046.txt}.}}
+}
+
+@misc{MediaTypes,
+ author = {{Internet Assigned Numbers Authority}},
+ title = {Media types},
+ note = {Disponible via {\url{http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/media-types/media-types}}}
+}
+
+@UNPUBLISHED{Wilson2001,
+AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.",
+TITLE="{A} {R}umour of {H}umour: {A} scientist's commonplace book",
+NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre",
+YEAR=2001}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{jouette1993,
+ AUTHOR="Jouette, Andr{\'e}",
+ BOOKTITLE="Dictionnaire d'orthographe et d'expression {\'e}crite",
+ TITLE="{Les Usuels}",
+ PUBLISHER="Robert",
+ YEAR=1993}
+
+@INCOLLECTION{dubesset2000,
+ AUTHOR="Dubesset, Michel",
+ BOOKTITLE="Le manuel du {S}yst{\`e}me {I}nternational d'unit{\'e}s -- lexique et
+ conversions",
+ TITLE="Publications de l'{I}nstitut {F}ran{\c{c}}ais du {P}{\'e}trole",
+ PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {TECHNIP}",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-7108-0762-9",
+ YEAR=2000}
+
+@BOOK{christin2001,
+ EDITOR="Christin, Anne-Marie",
+ TITLE="Histoire de l'{\'e}criture -- de l'id{\'e}ogramme au multim{\'e}dia",
+ PUBLISHER="Flammarion",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-08-012279-7",
+ YEAR=2001}
+
+@BOOK{gautier2001,
+ AUTHOR="Gautier, Damien",
+ TITLE="Typo-graphie, guide pratique",
+ EDITION="seconde",
+ PUBLISHER="PYRAMID",
+ ADDRESS="Paris",
+ ISBN="2-910565-16-5",
+ YEAR=2001}
+
+@BOOK{syropoulos2002,
+ AUTHOR="Syropoulos, Apostolos and Tsolomitis, Antonis and Sofroniou, Nick",
+ TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography {U}sing {\LaTeX}",
+ PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag",
+ ADDRESS="New York",
+ ISBN="0-387-95217-9",
+ PAGES=368,
+ YEAR=2002}
+